Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited logo

FPH reports strong revenue and profit growth for FY26

Full Year Results25 May 2026FPHHealthcare

News Release
STOCK EXCHANGE LISTINGS: NEW ZEALAND (FPH), AUSTRALIA (FPH)


Fisher & Paykel Healthcare reports strong revenue and profit growth for the 2026

financial year

Auckland, New Zealand, 26 May 2026 – Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited today

announced its results for the full year ended 31 March 2026.

Total operating revenue was $2.31 billion, an increase of 14% from the prior financial year, or 12%

in constant currency. Net profit after tax for the financial year was $468.5 million, a 24% increase

over the 2025 financial year, or 28% in constant currency.

For the Hospital product group, which includes products used in respiratory, acute and surgical care,

revenue for the full year was $1.51 billion, up 18% from the previous financial year, or 15% in

constant currency. Sales of hospital consumables were up 16% over the prior financial year, or 14%

in constant currency.

“Our Hospital business performed strongly across the portfolio of therapies globally,” said Managing

Director and CEO Lewis Gradon.

“We were especially encouraged by consumables growth, given it occurred during a period in which

hospital admissions for seasonal respiratory illnesses in the United States and other major markets

appeared to be subdued compared to the previous year. This suggests that changing clinical

practice continues to be a strong growth driver.”

For the Homecare product group, which includes products used in the treatment of obstructive sleep

apnea (OSA) and respiratory support in the home, revenue for the full year was $802.7 million, an

increase of 8% from the previous financial year, or 7% in constant currency. OSA masks revenue

was up 7% for the full year, or 5% in constant currency.

“Our latest mask ranges, the F&P Solo and F&P Nova, continued to drive OSA mask growth,” said

Mr Gradon. “Our newest offering, the F&P Nova Nasal, was launched in the United States this past

January to a positive reception.”

The company’s gross margin improved to 63.7%, an increase of 80 basis points, or 122 basis points

in constant currency. This reflects the ongoing progress of the company’s continuous improvement

initiatives and incorporates the approximately 90-basis-point impact in constant currency of US

tariffs on hospital products sourced from New Zealand.


During the 2026 financial year, the company invested $235.5 million in research and development

and also progressed construction on its fifth building on its East Tāmaki campus, which will add

more space for product development, as well as additional manufacturing and warehousing areas.


Dividend

For the second half of the financial year, the Board has approved a final dividend of 33.0 cents per

share. This takes the total dividend for the year to 52.0 cents per share, an increase of 22% over the

previous full year. The final dividend, carrying full New Zealand imputation credit, will be paid on

3 July 2026 with a record date of 23 June 2026.


Outlook for the 2027 financial year

At 30 April exchange rates*, the company expects full year operating revenue to be in the range of

approximately $2.45 billion to $2.57 billion, and net profit after tax to be in the range of

approximately $500 million to $550 million.


* 30 April 2026 exchange rates of NZD:USD 0.58, NZD:EUR 0.50, NZD:MXN 10.25.


This outlook anticipates an overall improvement in gross margin for the year and includes an
estimated 50-basis point net impact to gross margin, in constant currency, due to US tariffs and the

Middle East conflict. Further assumptions incorporated within the outlook are outlined on page 13 of

the investor presentation which accompanies this news release.

“The growth we have achieved is uncommon, and we do not take it for granted,” said Mr Gradon.

“The key now is to sustain that momentum – continuing to innovate, improve and work closely with

our customers to create lasting value.”


“Our products and therapies supported the care of around 24 million patients last year. This impact

reflects the efforts of many thousands of people working toward a common purpose of improving

outcomes. We want to acknowledge the people of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare for their commitment,

and we also want to thank our clinical partners, customers, suppliers and shareholders,” concluded

Mr Gradon.


Overview of key results for the 2026 financial year

• 14% growth in operating revenue to $2.31 billion, 12 % growth in constant currency.

• 24% growth in net profit after tax to $468.5 million, 28% growth in constant currency.

• 18% growth in Hospital operating revenue to $1.51 billion, 15% growth in constant currency.

• 18% revenue growth for new applications consumables, 16% growth in constant currency.

• 16% revenue growth for hospital consumables, 14% growth in constant currency.

• 8% growth in Homecare operating revenue to $802.7 million, 7% growth in constant currency.

• 7% growth in OSA masks revenue, or 5% growth in constant currency.

• Investment in R&D was 10% of revenue, or $235.5 million.

• 38% increase in final dividend to 33.0 cps (2025: 24.0 cps).

• 22% increase in total dividend for the financial year to 52.0 cps (2025: 42.5 cps).


About Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare is a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of products and

systems for use in acute and chronic respiratory care, surgery and the treatment of obstructive sleep

apnea. The company’s products are sold in over 120 countries worldwide. For more information

about the company, visit our website www.fphcare.com.


Media & Investor Contacts:

Karen Knott

GM Corporate Communications

karen.knott@fphcare.co.nz

+64 21 713 911

Daniel Adolph

Head of Investor Relations

daniel.adolph@fphcare.co.nz

+64 22 511 4050


Authorised by Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited’s Board of Directors.


Accompanying Documents

Attached to this news release are the following additional documents:

• Results in Brief

• Annual Report 2026

• Investor Presentation 2026

• NZX Results Announcement

• NZX Distribution Notice


Full Year Results Conference Call

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare will host a conference call today to discuss the results for the 2026

financial year. The conference call is scheduled to begin at 10:00am NZST, 8:00am AEST Tuesday,

26 May (6:00pm USEDT, Monday, 25 May) and will be broadcast simultaneously online.

To listen to the webcast, access the company’s website at www.fphcare.com/investor. An online

archive of the event will be available approximately two hours after the webcast and will remain on

the site for two weeks.

To listen and participate in the conference call via phone, please register via ‘GlobalMeet’ by clicking

this link. Once registered, click ‘Call Me’ and you will receive a phone call connecting you through to

the conference line.

Non-GAAP financial information
Constant currency information included within this news release is non-GAAP financial information,

as defined by the NZ Financial Markets Authority, and has been provided to assist users of financial

information to better understand and track the company’s comparative financial performance without

the impacts of spot foreign currency fluctuations and hedging results. The company’s constant

currency framework can be found on the company’s website at www.fphcare.com/ccf.


A reconciliation between reported results and constant currency results is available in the company’s

Annual Report 2026.

---

Results in Brief

Year ended 31 March



% Change

(Reported)

% Change

(Constant

Currency

1

)

2025 2026

NZ$M NZ$M

(except as otherwise

stated

)

(except as otherwise

stated)

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE



Total operating revenue 2,021.0 2,308.4 +14 +12

Cost of sales (750.1)

(838.3) +12 +9

Gross profit 1,270.9

1,470.1 +16 +14

Gross margin 62.9% 63.7% +80 bps +122 bps

Selling, general and administrative expenses (534.4)

(598.2) +12 +9

Research and development expenses (226.9)

(235.5) +4 +4

R&D percentage of operating revenue 11.2%

10.2% -103 bps -89 bps

Total operating expenses (761.3)

(833.7) +10 +8

Operating profit before financing costs 509.6 636.4 +25 +26

Operating margin 25.2% 27.6% +235 bps +277 bps

Net financing expense (6.3)

(4.9) -22 -77

Profit before tax 503.3

631.5 +25 +28

Tax expense (126.1) (163.0) +29 +26

Profit after tax 377.2

468.5 +24 +28

Effective tax rate 25.1% 25.8%

Effective tax rate excluding R&D tax credit 29.1% 29.2%





Revenue by Region:





North America 967.2

1,106.1 +14

Europe 541.5

620.1 +15

Asia Pacific 420.8

476.1 +13

Other 91.5

106.1 +16

Total operating revenue 2,021.0

2,308.4 +14





Revenue by Product Group:



Hospital 1,280.3

1,505.0 +18

Homecare 739.9

802.7 +8

Core products sub-total 2,020.2

2,307.7 +14

Distributed and other 0.8 0.7 -13

Total operating revenue 2,021.0

2,308.4 +14


FINANCIAL POSITION

As at 31 Mar 25

NZ$M

(except as otherwise

stated

)

As at 31 Mar 26

NZ$M

(except as otherwise

stated)


Tangible assets 2,313.6 2,607.8 +13

Intangible assets

2

237.2 245.8 +4

Total assets 2,550.8

2,853.6 +12

Total liabilities (660.4) (738.2) +12

Shareholders’ equity 1,890.4

2,115.4 +12

Gearing -11.6% -22.8% -1,117 bps

Net tangible asset backing (cents per share) 284 320 +13

1

Constant currency (CC) removes the impact of exchange rate movements. This approach is used to assess the Group’s underlying

comparative financial performance without any impact from changes in foreign exchange rates. The company’s constant currency

framework can be found on the company’s website at www.fphcare.com/ccf. The reconciliation to results prepared in accordance with

NZ IFRS is included within the Financial Commentary section of the Annual Report.

2

Includes Intangible and deferred tax assets.




Results in Brief (continued)



Year ended 31 March



% Change

2025 2026

NZ$M NZ$M

(except as otherwise

stated)

(except as otherwise

stated)




CASH FLOWS


Net cash flow from operating activities 548.6

663.2 +21

Net cash flow from investing activities (103.0)

(195.2) +90

Net cash flow from financing activities (268.2)

(276.7) +3




SHARES OUTSTANDING


Weighted average basic shares outstanding 585,543,359

586,929,183


Weighted average diluted shares

outstanding

590,199,636

590,996,952


Basic shares outstanding at period end 586,139,423

587,276,425





DIVIDENDS AND EARNINGS PER SHARE


Dividends per share (cents) – declared 42.5

52.0 +22

Basic earnings per share (cents) 64.4

79.8 +24

---

Annual Report 2026
MOMEN T U M

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

1Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
MOMENTUM is created when scale,

capability and direction align. It is built

over time through a clear strategy, disciplined

execution and a series of good decisions.

2Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
This report covers the financial year ended

31 March 2026 and is dated 25 May 2026. The

report has been approved by the Board and is

signed on behalf of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

Corporation Limited by Neville Mitchell, Board

Chair, and Lewis Gradon, Managing Director and

Chief Executive Officer.

Constant currency information in this report is non-conforming financial information, as defined by the New Zealand Financial Markets Authority, and has

been provided to assist users of financial information to better understand and assess the company’s financial performance without the impacts of spot

financial currency fluctuations and hedging results, and has been prepared on a consistent basis each financial year. A reconciliation between reported

results and constant currency results is available on page 123 of this report. The company’s constant currency framework can be found on our website

at www.fphcare.com/ccf.

NEVILLE MITCHELL

BOARD CHAIR

LEWIS GRADON

MANAGING DIRECTOR

AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Welcome to our 2026 Annual Report – Momentum. In this report, we feature

the work we have done this year to improve patient care and outcomes

around the world and the financial results we achieved while doing so.

About this report

Our people, investors and customers can also

learn about our track record in non-financial

matters, including environmental, social and

governance (ESG) topics. Our ESG commitments

and metrics are included in the Operating

Sustainably section of this report.

This report references the 2021 Global Reporting

Initiative (GRI) Standards. It also contains a

section on our Climate-related Disclosures in

compliance with the External Reporting Board’s

Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards.

We welcome your feedback and suggestions

for improvement. Please send any questions or

comments to investor@fphcare.co.nz. A digital

version of this report, along with all previous

annual and interim reports, are available at

www.fphcare.com/reports.

3Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
Contents

This PDF report has a clickable Contents page and

a navigation menu at the top of all pages for ease

of use and quick access to information.

THE BUSINESS YEAR

THE COMPANY

OPERATING SUSTAINABLYFINANCIALS

APPENDICESCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURES

Our company 15

Our culture, values and beliefs 17

How our business works 18

How we deliver value 19

Product in focus 20

Our Board 22

Our Executive Management Team 24

Five year summary158

GRI content index 161

Glossary 166

Directory 168

What matters most 29

People 34

Product quality 46

Suppliers 48

Communities 54

Governance 57

Risk management 71

Remuneration 74

Environment 83

Financial commentary 120

Financial statements 124

Notes to the financial statements 128

Independent auditor’s report 153

About our disclosures 86

Governance 87

Risk management 89

Strategy 90

Targets and metrics 103

Greenhouse gas emissions108

Supplementary information109

Independent assurance report116

Financial highlights 6

Business highlights 7

Hospital and Homecare overview 8

Report from the Chair 10

Report from the Managing Director

and Chief Executive Officer 12

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
4Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
5Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

THE

BUSINESS

YEAR

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
6Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

OPERATING REVENUE

$2.31b



14% | 2025 $2.02B

GROSS MARGIN

63.7%

80 BASIS POINTS INCREASE

NEW APPLICATIONS

CONSUMABLES REVENUE GROWTH

16%

CONSTANT CURRENCY

HOSPITAL REVENUE

$1.51b



18% | 2025 $1.28B

NET PROFIT AFTER TAX

$468.5m



24% | 2025 $377.2M

TOTAL DIVIDEND FOR YEAR

FULLY IMPUTED

52.0cps



22% | 2025 42.5CPS

HOMECARE REVENUE

$802.7m



8% | 2025 $739.9M

Financial highlights

48%

27%

21%

4%

48%

27%

21%

4%

OPERATING REVENUE

NZ$ MILLIONS

NET PROFIT AFTER TAX

NZ$ MILLIONS

REVENUE BY PRODUCT GROUP

12 MONTHS TO 31 MARCH 2026

REVENUE BY REGION

12 MONTHS TO 31 MARCH 2026

120+

COUNTRIES

Hospital

Homecare

Distributed & Other

North America

Europe

Asia Pacific

Other

<1%

65%

35%

<1%

65%

35%

26252423222120

1,681.7

1,581.1

1,742.8

2,308.4

2,021.0

1,971.2

1,263.7

0.000000

87.366667

174.733333

262.100000

349.466667

436.833333

524.200000

26252423222120

524.2

287.3

376.9

250.3

468.5

377.2

264.4*

SPEND ON R&D

$235.5m

10% OF OPERATING REVENUE

* This growth figure is calculated against the underlying net profit after tax figure for the 2024 financial year, which

excluded the abnormal impact of a product recall provision, the revaluation of land and deferred tax on removal of

building depreciation.

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
7Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

INTRODUCED

our new F&P Nova™ Nasal mask

for treating obstructive sleep apnea

in the United States

Business highlights

IMPACTED

the lives of approximately

24 million patients globally

PROGRESSED

construction of the fifth building

at our East Tāmaki campus

in Auckland, New Zealand

WELCOMED

the release of additional

nasal high flow clinical practice

guidelines

ACHIEVED

strong growth in hospital hardware sales,

supported by the F&P Airvo™ 3 and the

F&P 950™ System

APPOINTED

Anna Curzon to the Board of Directors

and Margie Apa as a ‘Future Director’

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
8Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

65%

16%$1.51B

CONSTANT CURRENCY REVENUE FROM

NEW APPLICATIONS CONSUMABLES

OPERATING REVENUE

▲ 18%

OF OPERATING REVENUE

Hospital

Our Hospital product group

includes products used in invasive

ventilation, noninvasive ventilation,

high flow therapy, anesthesia

and surgery. Not only do these

products help healthcare providers

improve patient outcomes, they

often deliver economic benefits

as well, by reducing the need to

escalate care and shortening

patient stays in hospital.

PRODUCT GROUP OVERVIEW

Our business is structured in

two parts: Hospital and Homecare.

FEATURED PRODUCT

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
9Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

35%

OF OPERATING REVENUE

5%$802.7M

CONSTANT CURRENCY REVENUE

FROM OSA MASKS

OPERATING REVENUE

▲ 8%

Homecare

Our Homecare product group

includes devices and systems

used to treat obstructive sleep

apnea (OSA) and provide

respiratory support in the

home. These include our CPAP

therapy masks as well as flow

generators, interfaces and data

management technologies.

FEATURED PRODUCT

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
10Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Report from the Chair

NEVILLE MITCHELL

Board Chair

Momentum is created when scale,

capability and direction align. It is

built over time through a clear

strategy, disciplined execution and

a series of good decisions.

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare is guided by a unifying

purpose – improving care and outcomes – and

a consistent strategy: creating better products,

helping to change clinical practice and expanding

our global reach. A key role of your Board is to

support management in this, providing oversight

and input into the company’s direction and

major decisions.


Delivering on this strategy requires balancing

long-term investment with near-term

performance. Over the last year, we continued

to grow our product pipeline and build capacity

for the future while navigating emerging

world events.

During the 2026 financial year, we invested

$235.5 million in research and development

(R&D), bringing our cumulative R&D spend over

the past 10 years to more than $1.5 billion. This

demonstrates our commitment to innovating

for patients and bringing the next generation

of world-leading healthcare solutions to market.

As part of our strategy, a year ago we announced

plans to construct the fifth facility at our

existing campus in East Tāmaki, New Zealand.

Construction is now well underway, with the

building expected to open in 2027.

Our planning continues for a second New Zealand

campus at Karaka, where we purchased land

in 2023. The company’s rezoning application

is currently under review by Auckland Council,

with a decision expected later this calendar year.

In parallel, management is consulting with local

government, mana whenua and the community

on proposed development plans.

Expanding the company’s capabilities in China

was also a focus during the year. This will position

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare to better serve one of

the world’s largest and fastest growing markets.

Last September, the Board visited Guangzhou

to gain an on-the-ground perspective on this

key market. Importantly, our growth in China is

intended to complement, rather than replace, our

ongoing investment in New Zealand, Mexico and

other regions.

The Board is confident that this geographically

diversified approach positions us well to meet

future demand and support our growth.

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
11Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Over the past year, global events have taken

on heightened significance for businesses

everywhere. Ongoing trade tensions, tariffs

and conflict in the Middle East have reinforced

the importance of resilient supply chains and

secure access to markets. We have engaged

constructively with governments on these global

issues and continue to apply long-term thinking

as we make decisions.

While improving patient outcomes is our

primary goal, we also have a responsibility to

operate in a sustainable, ethical and efficient

manner. Our performance on environmental

and social responsibility (ESR) criteria remains

important both to management and employees,

as well as customers and shareholders.

Expectations around transparency on ESR

reporting are evolving globally. This report

includes information about key sustainability

initiatives related to people, communities, the

environment, suppliers and other topics. It

also contains the company’s climate-related

disclosures, which are now required under New

Zealand law. These disclosures highlight climate-

related risks and opportunities that may affect

the company’s long-term strategy, performance

and resilience.

The company continues to progress carbon-

reducing initiatives, such as adopting low-carbon

freight options, optimising transport routes

and methods, and using solar energy. At the

East Tāmaki campus, we have installed a rooftop

solar array that is one of the largest of its kind in

New Zealand. We continue to progress renewable

energy options at our Mexico facility as well.

Modern slavery, and business efforts to eradicate

it, is becoming increasingly topical. The Board’s

Audit and Risk Committee reviews performance

and actions to identify and mitigate risks

in this area. The business has established a

customised ESR engagement programme that

enables suppliers to align with the company’s

commitment to sustainable procurement.

Your Board

Anna Curzon joined the Board in February

to fill the vacancy following the retirement of

Pip Greenwood. Based in New Zealand, Anna

has had a strong international commercial

career. She brings a wealth of knowledge in the

technology and financial services industries.

We continue to support the Future Directors

programme, which is aimed at giving talented

executives exposure to a company board. In

February, Margie Apa was appointed our next

Future Director participant. Margie is well-known

in the health sector, as she is the former CEO

of New Zealand’s national healthcare authority,

Te Whatu Ora Health New Zealand.

We believe these talented individuals will add

to your Board’s strength.

Results and dividend

The 2026 financial year was another year of

strong growth for the business. Operating revenue

grew to $2.31 billion, up 14% over the prior year,

or 12% in constant currency. Net profit after tax

was $468.5 million, up 24%, or 28% in constant

currency – also a great result.

It is our practice to pay a percentage of the

company’s profit to our shareholders as dividends,

after investing in research and development,

global sales and infrastructure. For the second

half of the year, the Board approved a final

dividend of 33 cents per share. This takes the total

dividend for the year to 52 cents per share, an

increase of 22% over the previous financial year.

The dividend will be paid on 3 July 2026 with a

record date of 23 June 2026.

Acknowledgements

While strategy sets direction, it is people who

transform it into day-to-day actions that lead

to better care and outcomes for patients, and

a growing and sustainable company. On behalf

of the Board, I want to thank the people of

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare for their efforts and

contribution to these results. The Board has

approved a profit-sharing pool of $19 million for the

full year to be shared among qualifying employees.

Finally, we want to acknowledge the ongoing

support from the company’s customers, clinical

partners, suppliers and shareholders. Thank you.

Neville Mitchell

Board Chair

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
12Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Report from the

Managing Director and

Chief Executive Officer

LEWIS GRADON

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

In a business context, momentum is

not about achieving growth in a single

year; it is about making progress that

compounds and can be sustained over

the long term.

Building momentum takes persistence. In our

industry, there are no shortcuts to developing

innovative products or changing clinical practice.

With that in mind, we have remained focused

on our enduring strategy and the fundamentals

that guide our decisions. We have continued to

progress our product portfolio, support clinicians

to adopt new ways of delivering care, and

advance the infrastructure projects needed to

continue our trajectory of growth.

Performance

During the 2026 financial year, an estimated

24 million patients were treated with

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare products, including

more than eight million treated with F&P

Optiflow

TM

, which has become a frontline

treatment for patients in respiratory distress.

As this report highlights, we achieved strong

growth across our portfolio of therapies globally.

Total operating revenue for the year was

$2.31 billion, a 14% increase over the prior financial

year, or 12% in constant currency. Net profit after

tax was $468.5 million, a 24% increase over the

2025 financial year, or 28% in constant currency.

In our Hospital product group, which includes

products used in respiratory, acute and surgical

care, operating revenue was $1.51 billion, an 18%

increase over the previous year, or 15% in constant

currency. New applications consumables revenue

grew at a pleasing 16% in constant currency,

and hardware sales increased 27% in constant

currency. The continued roll-out of the F&P

Airvo

TM

3 and the F&P 950

TM

System and the

increased adoption of our anesthesia product

offering were key contributors during the period.

The healthy growth in demand for hospital

products was particularly encouraging, given

it occurred during a period of apparently

subdued hospital admissions for respiratory

illnesses in the United States and other major

markets, compared to the previous year.

This suggests that changing clinical practice

continues to be a strong growth driver.

Our Homecare product group includes our

range of masks for treating obstructive sleep

apnea and systems used for respiratory support

in homes and long-term care facilities. In our

Homecare product group, operating revenue was

$802.7 million, up 8% from the previous year, or

7% in constant currency. OSA masks revenue was

up 7%, or 5% in constant currency.

ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
13Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

In January, we expanded the release of our

newest mask for treating obstructive sleep

apnea – the F&P Nova

TM

Nasal – into the United

States, following its launch in other markets last

year. This mask has been performing well, as

have our other recent additions in the nasal and

pillows categories.

We recognise the importance of maintaining

progress toward our margin targets, particularly

when trade policy and world events are

affecting costs. During the financial year, gross

margin improved to 63.7%. This is a 122 basis-

point improvement on the 2025 financial year in

constant currency.

Changing clinical practice

During the 2026 financial year, we saw progress

in the adoption of new clinical applications for

Optiflow nasal high flow therapy, supported

by strong evidence, education and clinical

relationships. Three new clinical practice

guidelines were introduced recommending nasal

high flow therapy for use in various applications:

The American College of Emergency Physicians

published guidelines for treating patients in

the emergency department; the UK’s National

Institute for Health and Care Excellence updated

its guidelines for treating pneumonia; and the

Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung

Disease released a recommendation to use nasal

high flow as a first mode for treating COPD

patients with acute hypoxemic respiratory

failure. You can find more information on these

clinical practice guidelines in this report.

Innovation

Our business is built on original thinking that

results in world-leading healthcare solutions.

This requires a strong commitment to

research and development. During the year,

innovation continued at pace, and we invested

$235.5 million to advance products and

therapies in the pipeline.

To provide more space for research and

development, we began construction on our

fifth building at our East Tāmaki campus in

New Zealand. This time last year, the site was an

empty concrete foundation. Today, the building’s

exterior walls and windows are in place, and

the roof has been installed. The new facility will

provide an additional 28,000 square metres for

collaboration, including usability labs and model

shops, as well as additional manufacturing and

warehousing space.

Maintaining the momentum

If we look back at our history as a listed

company, Fisher & Paykel Healthcare has gone

from generating less than $200 million in revenue

in 2001 to generating $2.3 billion in the 2026

financial year. That’s momentum.

Our business began with a culture of innovation –

meeting the needs of clinicians to help them solve

difficult problems.

Once we had established a product offering

that would improve care and outcomes for

patients, the next step was doing the hard work

of changing clinical practice. We developed, and

now maintain, a disciplined approach to becoming

trusted clinical advisors, investing in our sales

presence around the world.

As demand increased, we committed to

maintaining product quality and reliability, and

across the business, we built robust quality

management systems. This was followed by the

roll-out of continuous improvement methodology

in all areas. This mindset is well established now,

and you can see the impact on our margins.

The growth we have achieved is uncommon,

and we do not take it for granted. It is a matter

of maintaining that momentum – continuing

to innovate, improve and work closely with our

customers to create lasting value.

The growth we have achieved

is uncommon, and we do not

take it for granted. It is a

matter of maintaining that

momentum – continuing to

innovate, improve and work

closely with our customers to

create lasting value.

Developing world-leading solutions that improve

care and outcomes takes the combined efforts of

many different people. I want to acknowledge our

people for their commitment to doing things better

and willingness to step up to meet the challenges.

I also want to thank our clinical partners, customers

and suppliers.

To our shareholders, I am grateful for your

continued belief in our purpose and trust in the

long-term success of this business.

Lewis Gradon

Managing Director and

Chief Executive Officer

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
14Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

THE

COMPANY

ENTRANCE TO OUR CAMPUS IN TIJUANA, MEXICO.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
15Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare is a leading

designer, manufacturer and marketer of

products and systems for use in acute

and chronic respiratory care, surgery and

the treatment of obstructive sleep apnea.

Our company

Established in New Zealand in 1969, our business

was built on a vision to emulate the body’s

natural humidification processes. It all started

with Dr Matt Spence, an intensive care specialist

at Auckland Hospital, who noticed his patients

on mechanical breathing machines were

suffering from dry and infected tracheas.

For help solving the problem, he turned to Alf

Melville, a government electrical engineer, and

Dave O’Hare, a senior engineer with appliances

company Fisher & Paykel Industries. The three

collaborated to find an innovative solution, and

the result was a prototype humidifier made from

a humble fruit preserving jar, which was then

designed and manufactured by a small team at

Fisher & Paykel Industries.

Our first respiratory humidifier was sold in 1970

and was marketed internationally.

By 1990, the medical division of Fisher & Paykel

Industries had been renamed Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare, and its annual sales had grown to

$29 million.

In 2001, Fisher & Paykel Healthcare became a

separate company listed on the New Zealand and

Australia stock exchanges.

Over time, the Fisher & Paykel Healthcare portfolio

has expanded to other clinical applications,

including products for noninvasive ventilation,

high flow therapy, anesthesia, surgery, treatment

of obstructive sleep apnea and respiratory support

in the home.

Our medical devices and technologies help

clinicians deliver the best possible patient care in

over 120 countries worldwide. They enable patients

to transition into less-acute care settings, recover

more quickly and avoid more serious conditions.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
16Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Our annual revenue milestones (NZ$)

Our growth over the years

20252019201019981982

100M+

500M+

1B+

2B+

1M+

New Zealand

headquarters

inaugurated at


East Tāmaki, Auckland

Tijuana, Mexico

manufacturing


facility set up

F&P products help

fight COVID-19

pandemic

Guangzhou, China

manufacturing facility

established

F&P Healthcare

separately listed on

NZX and ASX

10 million patients

treated with F&P

products this year

Land acquired for

second NZ campus

in Karaka, Auckland

24 million patients

treated with F&P

products this year

2000200920202023

2001201620222026

NZMXCN

NZX

ASX

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
17Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Our culture, values and beliefs

We have a culture of Care

by Design, which is a simple

way of expressing the care

and intentionality we put

into everything we do — our

relationships, our decisions

and our daily interactions with

customers. We believe that if

we focus on delivering what

is best for the patient, we will be

successful.

OUR VALUES

Life

We relentlessly focus on improving

patients’ lives and strive to provide

a high quality of life for our

employees.

Relationships

We care for our patients, customers,

suppliers, shareholders, the

environment and each other.

Internationalism

We are global in people, in

thinking and in behaviours.

Commitment

We value people who are

self-motivated and have a desire

to make a real contribution.

Originality

We encourage original thinking

which leads to the innovative

solutions required to create better

products, processes and practices.

OUR BELIEFS

We believe in doing what is best

for the patient.

We believe the commitment to

doing the right thing is what our

customers will find compelling.

We believe that empathy,

effectiveness and efficiency

are essential to our success.

We believe our people

are our strength.

We believe lessons learned are

the cornerstones of innovation.

We believe in the need to be

relentless in the pursuit of

healthcare innovation.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
18Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

How our business works

CUSTOMERS

Our sales teams work with healthcare

professionals, including doctors,

clinicians and nurses, providing them

the products and therapies to deliver

the best possible care.

PATIENTS

Each year more than 20 million

patients are treated with our

products in over 120 countries.

MANUFACTURING

We manufacture our products at

multiple facilities worldwide. The

co-location of engineering, quality,

manufacturing, marketing and

clinical teams enables collaboration

and innovation, right from concept

and design to how our products are

used by patients.

THERAPIES

Our hospital products and systems

are used in invasive ventilation,

noninvasive ventilation, high flow

therapy, anesthesia and surgery. Our

homecare products are used to treat

patients with obstructive sleep apnea

and those in need of respiratory

support.

SUPPLY CHAIN

We have distribution centres

around the world and a network

of distributors. We prioritise

sustainable and cost-effective

methods of transportation. We

source materials globally and seek

socially responsible partners to

support our growth.

The needs of our customers and their

patients drive everything we do.

We call this

Care by Design.

Our R&D teams work extensively

with clinicians and patients to

develop better technology that

enhances patient care.

RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
19Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

How we deliver value

OUR INPUTS

Our people

Trusted

relationships

Excellence in R&D

Global supply

networks

Trusted brand

OUR OUTPUTS

Improved care and

outcomes for patients

A positive lasting

impact on society

and the environment

Increased

efficiency of care

Increased

shareholder value

Benefits to our people

Doubling our constant

currency revenue

every 5-6 years

SUSTAINABLE, PROFITABLE GROWTH

We aim to grow our business in a way that is

sustainable and profitable over the long term

Increase our

presence around

the world

Continuously

strive to improve

our products

Develop new therapies

and reduce costs to

healthcare systems

CHANGE

CLINICAL PRACTICE

OUR PURPOSE

Improving care and

outcomes through inspired

and world-leading

healthcare solutions.

BETTER

PRODUCTS

GLOBAL

REACH

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
20Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Product in focus

F&P Optiflow™ nasal high flow therapy (NHF)

provides respiratory support to patients by

delivering heated, humidified air and oxygen at

flow rates up to 70 L/min for patients in mild to

moderate respiratory distress.

Optiflow NHF reduces the work of breathing,

clears upper airway carbon dioxide, and increases

oxygenation.

Patients who may benefit include those with

acute respiratory failure, asthma, atelectasis,

bronchiectasis, bronchiolitis, bronchitis, burns,

carbon monoxide poisoning, chronic obstructive

pulmonary disease (COPD), chest trauma,

emphysema, infant respiratory distress, pneumonia,

pulmonary embolism, respiratory compromise, viral

pneumonia, and those in palliative care.

Optiflow NHF is also used in the anesthesia setting,

where it has been shown to optimise oxygenation

and extend safe apnea time.

Optiflow products support adult patients, children

and infants, including neonates. The therapy is

administered via an Optiflow nasal cannula and

a system such as the F&P Airvo™ 2, F&P Airvo 3,

F&P 850 or F&P 950™.

Clinical evidence for NHF

The clinical evidence for the use of NHF has been

accumulating for decades, and it accelerated

exponentially during the COVID-19 pandemic.

In parallel, awareness and utilisation also has

increased, and NHF has become a frontline

treatment for patients in respiratory distress.

Both research and real-life practice have shown

that NHF can reduce the need for patients to be

intubated and mechanically ventilated. This is

important, because mechanical ventilation carries

risks of ventilator-associated pneumonia, sedation-

related complications, diaphragmatic dysfunction,

and prolonged ICU stay.

At Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, we work closely with

key opinion leaders to support clinical research into

the efficacy of Optiflow NHF. Several recent studies

that involve Fisher & Paykel Healthcare products

are worth noting.

Avoiding intubation

The SOHO trial, published in the New England Journal

of Medicine (NEJM) in March 2026, was a multi-centre

randomised controlled trial led by Dr Jean-Pierre

Frat, investigating the effect of NHF compared with

conventional oxygen therapy on intubation and

mortality in patients with acute hypoxemic respiratory

failure. This major study focused on 1,116 patients

admitted into 42 intensive care units between

January 2021 and October 2024.

Although the SOHO study concluded that

the use of NHF did not result in lower 28-day

mortality, it did show that intubation within 28 days

appeared to occur less frequently in the NHF

group than the conventional oxygen therapy group

(42.4% vs 48.4%).

Secondary analyses also suggested that NHF

appeared to “reduce the incidence of intubation

and to rapidly improve dyspnea, respiratory rate,

and carbon dioxide values, as compared with

standard oxygen.”

1

This finding is important for both patients and

healthcare systems. In the accompanying editorial

in the NEJM, Dr Ary Serpa Neto comments: “The

avoidance of intubation is not a trivial goal ... Even

when mortality is unaffected, reducing exposure

to invasive ventilation may improve the patient’s

experiences, preserve functional outcomes, and

reduce healthcare costs.”

2

Beyond hypoxemic respiratory failure

Respiratory failure is associated with many

conditions, including exacerbation of COPD, acute

cardiogenic pulmonary edema and pneumonia.

Research supporting NHF has largely focused

on patients with hypoxemic respiratory failure.

The RENOVATE study, published by the Journal

of the American Medical Association (JAMA) in

December 2024, compared the use of NHF with

noninvasive ventilation across different causes of

respiratory failure.

Led by Dr Israel Maia, the RENOVATE study’s

findings support the use of NHF as a safe and

effective alternative to noninvasive ventilation in

most causes of acute respiratory failure. In about a

third of cases, NHF was initiated in the emergency

department, showing its usefulness as a first-line

or bridge therapy while clinicians diagnose the

underlying cause of respiratory failure in the patient.

3

8+ million patients

treated with F&P Optiflow

nasal high flow therapy in FY26

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
21Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

From clinical evidence to practice guidelines

Clinical practice guidelines bridge the gap

between research and implementation of therapies.

They help translate the rapidly-evolving and

growing clinical evidence base into changes in

everyday practice.

As more studies are published, the evidence is

consolidated into clinical practice guidelines and

recommendations. This process often takes more

than a decade.

In 2020, the Intensive Care Medicine Journal

of the European Society of Intensive Care

Medicine published guidelines for using NHF

to treat patients with acute hypoxic respiratory

failure. The American College of Physicians, the

American Association for Respiratory Care and the

World Health Organization published guidelines

soon after.

Over the last 12 months, new guidelines have

been published recommending NHF. This reflects

increased confidence in the therapy and expansion

into new applications and clinical areas.

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare’s ongoing collaboration

with clinicians not only helps to evaluate the

effectiveness of our therapies – it contributes to

the body of evidence that leads to new clinical

practice guidelines.

Recently published NHF therapy clinical practice guidelines

American College of Emergency

Physicians Moderate Respiratory

Distress in the Emergency Department

Recommendations

4

The emergency department (ED) is an important

focus for the adoption of NHF therapy. The

American College of Emergency Physicians

(ACEP), representing more than 38,000

emergency department physicians, released

expert consensus recommendations for patients

presenting with moderate respiratory distress.

These recommendations supported NHF for

undifferentiated respiratory distress. This guidance

further strengthens the implementation of NHF

as a first-line respiratory support in the ED.

UK National Institute for Health and

Care Excellence guideline for treating

pneumonia

5

One of the most common causes of acute

hypoxemic respiratory failure in patients is

pneumonia. In September 2025, the UK’s National

Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE)

updated its guidelines that cover diagnosing,

assessing and treating pneumonia. The guideline

recommends NHF as the preferred form of

noninvasive respiratory support in the treatment of

respiratory failure. It advises clinicians to “consider a

trial of NHF, based on multi-disciplinary consensus,

clinical trajectory and the person’s preferences and

ability to tolerate it.”

1 Frat et al. 2026. High-Flow or Standard Oxygen in Acute Hypoxemia Respiratory Failure. NEJM. 2026 Mar 17. Fisher & Paykel Healthcare contributed funding for this clinical study.

2 Serpa Neto A. Rethinking High-Flow Oxygen in Acute Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure. NEJM. 2026 Mar 17.

3 RENOVATE Investigators and the BRICNet Authors. High-Flow Nasal Oxygen vs Noninvasive Ventilation in Patients With Acute Respiratory Failure: The RENOVATE Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA. 2025 Mar 11.

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare contributed product for this clinical study.

4 Baugh et al. Acute Care of Patients with Moderate Respiratory Distress: Recommendations from an American College of Emergency Physicians Expert Panel. West J Emerg Med. 2025 Sep 27.

5 Pneumonia: diagnosis and management (NG250). London: NICE. 2025 Sep 2.

6 Global Strategy for Prevention, Diagnosis and Management of COPD: 2026 Report.

Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive

Lung Disease recommendation for

treating COPD

6

Another common cause of respiratory failure is

COPD, which is one of the top three causes of

death worldwide. Each year the Global Initiative

for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD)

publishes an evidence-based strategy document for

COPD diagnosis, management and prevention, with

citations from the scientific literature. The 2026

GOLD Report now recommends NHF as the “first

mode of ventilation in COPD patients with acute

hypoxemic respiratory failure.” This is a meaningful

addition in places where there is hesitation about

using NHF to treat COPD or unfamiliarity with the

benefits of NHF.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
22Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Lewis Gradon

Managing Director and

Chief Executive Officer

TERM OF OFFICE:

Appointed April 2016, last re-elected

21 August 2025.

Lewis became Managing Director

and Chief Executive Officer in April

2016. Prior to that, he spent 15 years

as Senior Vice President – Products &

Technology, and six years as General

Manager – Research & Development.

During his 43-year tenure with

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, he has

held various engineering positions

overseeing the development of our

range of products as well as the

development of our manufacturing,

quality, intellectual property, supply

chain and clinical research functions.

Bachelor of Science – Physics

Anna Curzon

Non-executive director

TERM OF OFFICE:

Appointed February 2026.

Anna has more than 25 years of

experience in the technology and

financial services industries. Over her

career, she has served as Managing

Director NZ, Chief Partner Officer

and Chief Product Officer at Xero,

and she has held management or

advisory roles with a number of

other technology companies. Anna

is a director of Gallagher Holdings,

Kiwibank and Jade Software

Corporation. She chairs the board

of Atomic.io as well as the Regional

Economic Integration Working Group

of the APEC Business Advisory

Council.

Bachelor of Commerce,

Diploma in Commerce

COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:

Member, People and Remuneration

Committee

Our Board

Neville Mitchell

Chair and non-executive director

TERM OF OFFICE:

Appointed November 2018, last

re-elected 21 August 2025.

Appointed Chair on 28 August 2024.

Neville was Chief Financial Officer

and Company Secretary of Cochlear

between 1995 and 2017. He is a

director of Sonic Healthcare and

Sigma Healthcare, and a former

director of The Board of Tax, South

Eastern Sydney Local Health District,

Osprey Medical and Sirtex Medical.

Previously, he served on the New

South Wales Medical Devices Fund,

was Chairman of the Group of 100,

and Chairman, Standing Committee

(Accounting and Auditing) for the

Australian Securities and Investments

Commission.

Bachelor of Commerce

COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:

Member, Audit and Risk Committee

Member, People and Remuneration

Committee

Member, Quality, Safety and

Regulatory Committee

Mark Cross

Non-executive director

TERM OF OFFICE:

Appointed October 2024,

elected 21 August 2025.

Mark chairs the boards of Chorus

and Vocus and is a director of Xero.

He is a former chair of Milford Asset

Management and a former director of

Accident Compensation Corporation,

Z Energy, Genesis Energy and

Argosy Property. Mark previously

held investment banking positions

with Deutsche Bank in Sydney and

London and Lloyds Corporate Finance/

Southpac Corporation in New Zealand,

where he was an advisor to companies

across a range of sectors.

Bachelor of Business Studies –

Accounting and Finance

COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:

Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
23Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Sir Michael Daniell

Non-executive director

TERM OF OFFICE:

Appointed November 2001, last

re-elected 28 August 2024.

Mike was Managing Director and Chief

Executive Officer of Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare from 2001 to 2016. He was

General Manager of Fisher & Paykel’s

medical division from 1990 to 2001

and previously held various technical

management and product design roles

within the company. Mike is a director

of Cochlear, Tait International and the

Medical Research Commercialisation

Fund. Sir Michael was named a Knight

Companion of the New Zealand Order

of Merit in June 2021.

Bachelor of Engineering (Hons)

COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:

Chair, Quality, Safety and Regulatory

Committee

Member, People and Remuneration

Committee

Dr Cather Simpson

Non-executive director

TERM OF OFFICE:

Appointed June 2022, last re-elected

21 August 2025.

Cather is a professor of physics and

chemical sciences at the University of

Auckland, CEO of Orbis Diagnostics

and a partner at Pacific Channel, with

expertise in lasers and photonics. She

is President-Elect of the International

Society for Optics and Photonics

(SPIE) and a member of the Academy

Executive Committee of the Royal

Society Te Apārangi. Cather is a co-

founder of three deep-tech start-ups,

including Engender Technologies,

where she served as Chief Science

Officer from 2011 to 2021. She serves

on the board of the New Zealand

Institute for Advanced Technology,

a public research organisation.

PhD Medical Sciences, Bachelor of

Arts – Interdisciplinary Studies

COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:

Member, Quality, Safety and

Regulatory Committee

Dr Lisa McIntyre

Non-executive director

TERM OF OFFICE:

Appointed October 2021, last

re-elected 21 August 2025.

Lisa is a director of Medibank, The

University of Sydney, Studiosity

and Baymatob. She has previously

been a director of a range of health

entities, including those in healthcare

insurance, clinical service delivery and

medical research and innovation. Lisa

spent 20 years as a senior strategy

partner with LEK Consulting providing

advice to health and life sciences

companies in North America, Asia and

Australia.

PhD Physical Chemistry, Bachelor

of Science – Biochemistry and Pure

Maths

COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:

Chair, People and Remuneration

Committee

Member, Audit and Risk Committee

Graham McLean

Non-executive director

TERM OF OFFICE:

Appointed October 2023, elected

28 August 2024.

Graham is chair of CleanSpace

Technology and a director of the

Additive Manufacturing Cooperative

Research Centre. He previously

spent 16 years as an executive at

leading medical device manufacturer

Stryker Corporation, most recently as

President of the Asia Pacific region

situated in Hong Kong and Singapore.

Prior to joining Stryker, Graham

had finance, audit and commercial

positions at Lion Nathan, McVitie’s and

Unilever.

Bachelor of Science – Geography

COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:

Member, Audit and Risk Committee

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
24Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Lewis Gradon

Managing Director and

Chief Executive Officer

Lewis became Managing

Director and Chief Executive

Officer in April 2016. Prior

to that, he spent 15 years

as Senior Vice President –

Products & Technology, and

six years as General Manager

– Research & Development.

During his 43-year tenure

with Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare, he has held

various engineering positions

overseeing the development

of our range of products as

well as the development of

our manufacturing, quality,

intellectual property, supply

chain and clinical research

functions. He received his

Bachelor of Science degree in

physics from the University of

Auckland, New Zealand.

Andy Niccol

Chief Operating Officer

Andy was appointed Chief

Operating Officer in April

2024. Prior to that, he

served as General Manager

– Respiratory Humidification

from October 2020 and

General Manager – Infant

Care from December 2015

to September 2020. Andy

has held a number of roles

spanning research and

development, sales and

global original equipment

manufacturer partnerships,

since joining Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare in 2001. Andy

received his Bachelor of

Engineering (Mechanical)

degree with honours from

the University of Auckland,

New Zealand.

Justin Callahan

Vice President

– Sales & Marketing

Justin was appointed

Vice President – Sales &

Marketing in April 2024. He

has held several roles in sales

management after joining

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare in

Australia in 1988. Justin took

up the mantle as President

– North America in 1996,

delivering significant revenue

and earnings growth in our

largest market during his

tenure. Most recently, Justin

served as President – North

America & Europe.

Lyndal York

Chief Financial Officer

Lyndal was appointed

Chief Financial Officer in

March 2019. Before joining

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare,

Lyndal was CFO at Asaleo

Care and prior to this held

Head of Group Finance and

Group Financial Controller

roles at Cochlear in Australia

over an 11-year period. She has

also spent time in the US, as

VP Corporate Accounting and

Reporting at Edwards

Lifesciences. Lyndal is a

member of Chartered

Accountants Australia and

New Zealand and a graduate

of the Australian Institute of

Company Directors. She

received her Bachelor of

Economics degree from

Macquarie University, Australia

and Master of Business

Administration degree from

Pepperdine University in the

United States.

Dr Andrew Somervell

Vice President

– Products & Technology

Andrew was appointed

Vice President – Products &

Technology in April 2016.

Since joining Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare in 2006, he has

held various product

development and operations

management roles, and most

recently was General Manager

– Product Groups. He has

overseen the development of

the OSA product range and

managed research and

development, marketing,

clinical, manufacturing, and

aspects of the supply chain.

Before joining Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare, Andrew was a

Research Fellow at the

University of Auckland,

New Zealand, and holds a

doctorate in physics from the

same university.

Our Executive Management Team

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
25Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Winston Fong

Vice President

– Surgical Technologies

Winston was appointed

Vice President – Surgical

Technologies in February

2017. Winston previously

served as Vice President –

Information & Communication

Technology from 2010

and has held various ICT

management, product and

software development, and

systems engineering roles at

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

since 1999. Winston received

his Bachelor of Engineering

degree with honours in

Electronics & Computer

Engineering from Manukau

Institute of Technology

and Master of Business

Administration degree from

the University of Auckland,

New Zealand.

Nicola Talbot

Vice President

– Human Resources

Nicola was appointed Vice

President – Human Resources

in October 2020. Since joining

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare in

1997, she has worked with our

International Sales team and

was appointed to the role of

General Manager – Human

Resources (International

Sales) in 2017. She holds a

Bachelor of Management

Studies with honours in

Human Resources and

Marketing from the University

of Waikato, New Zealand.

Brian Schultz

Vice President – Quality,

Safety & Regulatory Affairs

Brian was appointed Vice

President – Quality, Safety &

Regulatory Affairs in 2015.

Brian previously served as

Quality Manager for

New Zealand Manufacturing

since joining the company

in 2011. Prior to joining

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare,

Brian held quality

management positions

within the medical device

and pharmaceutical industries

in Australia, Switzerland,

United Kingdom and the

United States. He received

his Bachelor of Science

degree from Grand Valley

State University in the

United States.

Nicholas Fourie

Vice President – Information &

Communication Technology

Nicholas was appointed Vice

President – Information &

Communication Technology

in February 2017. Nicholas

has been with Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare since 2007, and

in that time has held various

systems engineering and ICT

management roles, including

his most recent position as ICT

Manager – Development &

Engineering. Prior to joining

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare,

he worked for the South

African division of BHP Billiton.

Nicholas holds a Diploma in

Computer Engineering from

Damelin School of Information

Technology in South Africa.

Marcus Driller

Vice President – Corporate

Marcus was appointed Vice

President – Corporate in

February 2019. Marcus joined

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare in

2009 as an in-house lawyer

and since that time has held

several roles in legal, investor

relations and communications

and most recently as General

Manager – Corporate. Prior

to joining the company, he

worked for New Zealand law

firm Russell McVeagh where

he specialised in corporate

and commercial law. Marcus

received his Bachelor of

Commerce and Bachelor

of Laws degrees from the

University of Auckland,

New Zealand.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
26Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Jonti Rhodes

Vice President – Network Design,

Facilities, Infrastructure &

Sustainability

Jonti was appointed Vice

President – Network Design,

Facilities, Infrastructure &

Sustainability in April 2025.

Prior to that, he served as

Vice President – Supply Chain,

Facilities & Sustainability from

April 2022, having joined

the Executive Management

team in 2015. Jonti joined

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

in 2007 as a product design

engineer, and since that time

has held several roles, both in

New Zealand and the United

States. He holds a Bachelor

of Engineering (Mechanical)

from Auckland University of

Technology and a Master of

Business Administration from

the University of Auckland,

New Zealand.

Raelene Leonard

General Counsel & Company

Secretary

Raelene was appointed

General Counsel in March

2019, assumed Company

Secretary responsibilities in

October 2021 and joined the

Executive Management team

in April 2024. She joined

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

in 2016, bringing with her a

wealth of legal experience

gained across Asia Pacific

and Europe. Raelene received

her Bachelor of Laws and

Bachelor of Commerce

degrees from Victoria

University of Wellington,

New Zealand.

Desh Edirisuriya

General Manager – New Zealand

Operations

Desh was appointed General

Manager – New Zealand

Operations and joined the

Executive Management team

in April 2024. He has been

with Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare since 2000. Over

that time, Desh has held

various roles in business

excellence, manufacturing

operations and product

development, including

leading the company’s

response to COVID-19 and

embedding our culture of

continuous improvement.

Most recently, he served as

General Manager – NZ

Manufacturing Operations &

Business Excellence. Desh

holds a Bachelor of

Engineering (Mechanical)

from the University of

Auckland, New Zealand.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironment

27Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

OPERATING

SUSTAINABLY

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironment

28Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Our intention is to operate our business

in a sustainable, ethical and responsible

way – improving care and outcomes

for patients while creating a positive

lasting impact on society and the

environment.

Operating

sustainably

The work we do has a direct impact on improving

the lives of millions of people globally. Therefore,

our primary focus for sustainability is in ensuring

we produce innovative healthcare devices that

enhance the health and quality of life for people

all over the world.

We believe social responsibility and sustainability

are integral to the way we do business, and this

understanding positions our company for long-

term, sustainable and profitable growth.

We care for our patients, customers, suppliers,

shareholders, communities, the environment

and each other, and are committed to better

outcomes for all through inspired and world-

leading healthcare solutions.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentWhat matters most

29Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

What matters most

Material topics reflect the key areas which

are essential for us to operate our business

sustainably. They also inform how we identify

and manage risks, focus our efforts where they

matter most, and improve our performance.

Materiality assessment

During the 2026 financial year, we reviewed

our materiality assessment to refine and validate

our understanding of the issues most relevant

to our stakeholders. Our process involved the

following steps:

1

Reviewing our existing

materiality topics

Material topics assessed during the 2024 financial

year were reviewed in the 2026 financial year, as

part of our biennial assessment cycle. The review

took into account insights from internal processes

and policies, enterprise risk management outputs,

relevant sustainability frameworks, industry analysis,

and feedback from customers and shareholders.

2

Understanding our

business impacts

Independent consultant thinkstep-anz facilitated

internal interviews with our global leaders to

identify key business impacts and their significance,

including the following aspects:

• What do you see as the greatest risk and

opportunity for Fisher & Paykel Healthcare?

• What do you see as the most important thing

we could do to support and care for our people?

• Alongside ensuring patients receive the best

treatment, what do you see as the most

important things we can do to leave a positive

lasting impact on society and the environment?

3

Identifying our material topics

Insights from the internal interviews with global

leaders were then evaluated against our reviewed

2024 material topics to identify a refreshed list of

material topics.

4

Listening to our stakeholders

A survey was then conducted to validate our

updated material topics list with internal and

external stakeholders, including our Board,

senior management, shareholders, suppliers,

customers and clinicians. Participants were asked

to assess and rank material topics based on their

importance to our company.

Our updated material topics are set out on the

next page.

The 2026 financial year materiality assessment

resulted in clearer prioritisation and a more

cohesive list of 14 material topics. Governance and

management of material sustainability topics are

set out in the Operating Sustainably and Climate-

related Disclosures sections of this annual report.

This materiality assessment is informed by the

principles of the 2021 GRI Sustainability Reporting

Standards. Within this framework, materiality

differs from financial and audit interpretations and

NZX/ASX definitions of material information.

Our stakeholders

EMPLOYEES

CLINICIANS

SUPPLIERS

CUSTOMERS

SHAREHOLDERS

COMMUNITIES

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentWhat matters most

30Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Our material topics

FISHER & PAYKEL

HEALTHCARE

PATIENTS

OUR PEOPLE

SOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE

HEALTH, SAFETY AND WELLBEING

Creating healthy and safe ways of working that

enable our people to thrive, underpinned by

leadership accountability, employee engagement

and a risk-based approach.

EMPLOYEE ATTRACTION,

DEVELOPMENT AND RETENTION

Sourcing, developing and retaining

the right people to support our current

needs and future growth.

LABOUR PRACTICES

Upholding human rights and good

labour practices.

CYBER SECURITY AND DATA PROTECTION

Cyber security and data privacy,

particularly patient data.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Maintaining a high standard of corporate governance

and ethical conduct through sound business processes

and practices, and compliance with intellectual property,

legal and regulatory requirements.

PRODUCT QUALITY AND PATIENT SAFETY

Products we design and manufacture are safe for patients, deliver

consistent care and meet quality expectations.

HEALTHCARE SYSTEMS

Reducing strain on healthcare systems through better products

that deliver efficiency of care and improve outcomes for patients.

RESILIENT AND ETHICAL SUPPLY CHAIN

Managing our global supply chain, mitigating risk

(e.g. conflict minerals, labour issues), improving adaptability

and building resilience to support growth.

COMMUNITY IMPACT

Building long-term trusted relationships in our

local communities to create better outcomes for all.

ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP

Operating our business efficiently and responsibly

while caring for the environment.

ECODESIGN

Innovating to enable a more sustainable future.

NURTURING OUR CULTURE

Fostering our unique culture of care, collaboration,

coaching and continuous improvement.

INNOVATION AND DISRUPTIVE TECHNOLOGY

Driving process, product and organisational innovation and

changing clinical practice, ahead of competitors.

SUSTAINABLE FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

Financial controls, management and

integrity that support business operations

and enable sustainable, profitable growth.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentWhat matters most

31Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Sustainable development goals

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare supports the United Nations Sustainable Development

Goals (UN SDG). We are most closely aligned with Goal 3, Goal 8 and Goal 12, where we

believe we can make a positive difference to achieve a more sustainable future for all.

GOAL 3:

Ensure healthy lives and promote wellbeing

for all at all ages

UN SDG targetUN key indicators Our contribution

3.4

By 2030, reduce by one third premature

mortality from non-communicable diseases

through prevention and treatment and

promote mental health and wellbeing.

Mortality rate attributed to cardiovascular

disease, cancer, diabetes or chronic respiratory

disease.

Our Optiflow™ nasal high flow therapy is a first-line

treatment for patients suffering from respiratory

disease, including being used both pre-intubation and

post-extubation. More than eight million patients were

treated with our Optiflow therapy over the past year.

3.6

By 2020, halve the number of global deaths

and injuries from road traffic accidents.

(This ambition has been renewed to extend

the target to 2030.)

Death rate due to road traffic injuries.Hundreds of millions of people suffer from obstructive

sleep apnea (OSA) globally, and the associated daytime

fatigue creates significant risk for drivers – there are

clinically proven links between these conditions and

traffic accidents. Our range of OSA masks are used

by millions of patients around the world for a better

night’s sleep.

3.7

Achieve universal health coverage, including

financial risk protection, access to quality

essential healthcare services and access

to safe, effective, quality and affordable

essential medicines and vaccines for all.

Coverage of essential health services

(defined as the average coverage of essential

services based on tracer interventions that

include reproductive, maternal, newborn

and child health, infectious diseases, non-

communicable diseases and service capacity

and access, among the general and the most

disadvantaged population).

The use of our Optiflow™ nasal high flow therapy has

often been shown to reduce the escalation of patient

care, resulting in not only better outcomes for the

patient but also reducing cost and capacity constraints

for healthcare providers.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentWhat matters most

32Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

GOAL 8:

Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth,

full and productive employment and decent work for all

UN SDG targetUN key indicators Our contribution

8.2

Achieve higher levels of economic

productivity through diversification,

technological upgrading and innovation,

including through a focus on high-value

added and labour-intensive sectors.

Annual growth rate of real GDP per employed

person.

We are a major proponent of research and development

and in the 2026 financial year invested 10% of annual

revenue into R&D. We have more than 960 people

engaged in clinical research and product and process

development – they are primarily engineers, scientists

and physiologists.

8.3

Promote development-oriented policies that

support productive activities, decent job

creation, entrepreneurship, creativity and

innovation, and encourage the formalization

and growth of micro-, small- and medium

sized enterprises, including through access

to financial services.

Proportion of informal employment in total

employment, by sector and sex.

We are a significant employer, with a team of 7,434

permanent and 227 temporary employees (as at

31 March 2026). We are an equal opportunity employer

that values workplace diversity. Of our full-time

permanent employees, 55% are women and 45%

are men.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentWhat matters most

33Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

GOAL 12:

Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns

UN SDG targetUN key indicators Our contribution

12.2

By 2030, achieve the sustainable

management and efficient use of natural

resources.

Material footprint, material footprint per capita,

and material footprint per GDP.

Domestic material consumption, domestic

material consumption per capita, and domestic

material consumption per GDP.

We recognise the importance of operating our business

efficiently and responsibly, applying environmental

stewardship practices and caring for the natural

environment. All our manufacturing sites are ISO 14001

certified, a key framework in enabling our environmental

sustainability. We have also set carbon reduction targets

to guide our journey toward net zero. More information

is available in the Environment section (pages 83-84)

and the Climate-related Disclosures section (pages 85-

118) of this report. We recognise the overall importance

of water and other natural ecosystems. Across our

New Zealand and Mexico sites, we apply good water

stewardship practices such as rainwater harvesting

and closed-loop water systems. We have established

a water re-use plant at our Tijuana facility and are

working to restore waterways and improve biodiversity

at our Karaka site.

12.5

By 2030, substantially reduce waste

generation through prevention, reduction,

recycling and reuse.

National recycling rate, tons of material

recycled.

In the 2026 financial year, we diverted 1,836 tonnes of

waste from landfill globally. Our recycling efficiency

rate was 50%. Through our Ecodesign initiatives, we

intend to embed environmental considerations into

product development as a means of minimising the

environmental impacts of a product throughout its full

life cycle.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
What matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

34Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Our people bring our purpose

to life every day. We invest in

good people who care to make

a difference – people who value

long-term relationships, innovation

and human connections.

People

Attracting good talent

Our goal is to be an employer of choice, attracting

skilled people who care to make a difference,

foster a deep connection to our purpose and

culture, and grow with us over the long term.

We aim to attract and retain good people across

a range of areas, including engineering, clinical,

quality, manufacturing, supply chain, sales and

shared services.

At our largest campus in Auckland, New Zealand,

building our talent pipeline starts with growing

our early careers programme to support our long-

term people needs. During the 2026 financial year,

we participated in 26 careers events to attract

interns and new university graduates particularly

into our research and development functions.

These included site tours, high school careers fairs,

university careers fairs, club events and business

presentations, with a focus on science, technology,

engineering and mathematics (STEM).

Recruiting the right people

Our recruitment activity is targeted and data-driven,

focused on finding the right people to support our

current needs and future growth.

During the 2026 financial year, improvements

in our recruitment process contributed to new

employees being hired at a faster rate compared to

the previous year.

We encourage applications from our employees for

vacancies across our global business. Our emphasis

on internal career mobility provides opportunities

for growth, leadership and capability development

over the long term.

With a strong employer brand and accreditation

under the New Zealand Accredited Employer Work

Visa scheme, we successfully source global talent

and support migrants to settle in New Zealand.

117

INTERNS

INTERNS AND NEW GRADUATES

IN NEW ZEALAND

50

GRADUATES

46%

OF GRADUATES WERE

PREVIOUS INTERNS

RECRUITMENT HIGHLIGHTS

30%

OF NEW ZEALAND

ROLES FILLED

INTERNALLY

11%

REDUCTION IN

TIME TO RECRUIT

in New Zealand YoY

21%

OF MEXICO ROLES

FILLED INTERNALLY

7%

REDUCTION IN

TIME TO RECRUIT

in Mexico YoY

PROMOTING CAREER PATHWAYS AT

FISHER & PAYKEL HEALTHCARE TO STUDENTS

AT THE UNIVERSITY OF CANTERBURY.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
What matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

35Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Developing our people

We provide our people with ways to learn, develop

and progress their careers, and reward them for

their contribution over the long term. Based on

the specific needs and goals of our people, we

consider a range of retention initiatives in line with

our culture.

Global employee turnover was 10% in the 2026

financial year compared to 14% in the previous

period, as shown in the tables on page 42. During

this year, 30% of open roles at our New Zealand

campus were filled by existing employees.

Learning and development

Our intention with learning and development is

to grow the capabilities of our people to fulfil the

current and future needs of our business. A culture

of coaching underpins this, enabling our people

to continuously build their knowledge and skills to

realise their full potential. We incorporate a blend

of experiential learning, online learning, workshops

and self-paced development activities.

We believe in empowering each individual to take

ownership of their learning. Throughout their

careers, we provide our people with opportunities

to continue learning and earning qualifications.

During the 2026 financial year, learning options

included leadership development, technical

qualifications, sales capability development,

clinical education, digital skills, behavioural skills

and formal diplomas and degrees.

RETAINING OUR PEOPLE

10%

GLOBAL EMPLOYEE

TURNOVER

LEARNING HIGHLIGHTS

883

NEW STARTERS

INDUCTED

in New Zealand,

Mexico and China

60+

PARTICIPATED IN

GRADUATE EXPERIENCE

in New Zealand

203

CROSS-TRAINED

to support flexible

manufacturing in Mexico

44

GRADUATED WITH

SCHOOL AND TERTIARY

QUALIFICATIONS

in Mexico

EMPLOYEES LEARN ABOUT EFFECTIVE SUPERVISORY SKILLS.

57,598

HOURS OF FORMAL LEARNING

by office-based NZ, Mexico, China

and global sales teams

NEW GRADUATES GAINED KNOWLEDGE ABOUT OUR PRODUCTS

AND THERAPIES DURING BUSINESS AWARENESS WEEK.

Graduate experience in New Zealand

In New Zealand, we supported our new graduates

through hands-on training, workshops, panel

discussions, exposure to experts across the

business and networking with senior leaders,

alongside providing guidance and resources for

their managers. By understanding our culture

and values from day one, they gain the skills,

confidence, connections and real-world capability

to integrate well into our workplace, build a

strong connection to what we do and accelerate

their development.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
What matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

36Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Leadership development

Our leaders play an important role in helping to

embed our culture and our ways of working. We

are committed to developing capable, connected

leaders to guide our highly skilled teams,

supporting long-term performance, innovation and

sustainable growth.

For the 2026 financial year, we continued to invest

in growing our leaders with coaching, resources and

tools delivered through various channels. Topics of

learning included situational leadership, strategy,

resilience, courageous conversations, emotional

intelligence and continuous improvement.

We provided avenues for leadership development

though:

• Leading People forums

• Podcasts by senior leaders

• Manufacturing leadership conference.

Our global Leading People forums create a space

where new and experienced leaders explore

the realities, successes, challenges and lessons

of managing teams. These forums also provide

valuable insights into our culture.

Through our Why We Care podcast series, our

people around the world gain insight into our

culture, our business, and the way we work.

In October, we hosted our third annual

conference for senior manufacturing

operations managers in New Zealand and

China. Manufacturing operations encompass

a large proportion of our workforce and they

are essential to ensuring product supply to

customers and patients. The conference’s theme

of ‘Leading Change in a Growth Organisation’

resonated with over 50 leaders, who participated

in discussions, workshops and talks on initiating

and leading change.

UNIVERSITY EDUCATION

9

SPONSORED

FOR MASTER OF

MEDICAL ENGINEERING

at University of Auckland

69

MANAGERS IN MEXICO

trained in change

management and

responsible leadership

19

COMPLETED

UNIVERSITY DEGREES

in Mexico

653

ACCESSED FORMAL

LEADERSHIP LEARNING

300+

PARTICIPANTS

at each global Leading

People forum

50+

MANUFACTURING

LEADERS

joined annual leadership

conference

MANUFACTURING MANAGERS AT AN INTERACTIVE PANEL

DISCUSSION WITH SENIOR LEADERS AT THE ANNUAL

CONFERENCE.

ONE OF OUR UNIVERSITY GRADUATES CELEBRATES THEIR

ACHIEVEMENT AT OUR MEXICO CAMPUS.

Partnerships with universities

We work with local universities to enable our

people to gain valuable qualifications relevant to

their roles, while continuing to work.

In New Zealand, we have a long-standing

partnership of over 15 years with the University of

Auckland for their Master of Medical Engineering

degree. The programme comprises taught papers

and a research project exploring medical issues and

therapies. This year, we sponsored nine employees

to complete this degree, and some of our engineers

also provided teaching services.

LEADERSHIP HIGHLIGHTS

In Mexico, we have partnership agreements in

place with Tecmilenio University, CESUN University,

CETYS University and CENYCA University to

support tertiary education for our people. This

year, 19 employees completed their degrees in

industrial engineering, quality management,

business administration, customs and logistics and

accounting.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
What matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

37Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Performance feedback

– culture of coaching

Fundamental to our way of working and helping

our people be better at what they do is our culture

of coaching. We encourage leaders and their team

members to have regular coaching conversations,

throughout the year, to recognise recent successes

and provide feedback on opportunities for

improvement. Such interactive discussions, held

in the moment, help to unlock solutions, embed

our culture and enable our people reach their full

potential and contribute over the long term. These

conversations guide decisions on contribution

ratings and assessments, which happen formally

once a year.

Connection & Contribution

Our people strategy is guided by an intent to have

good people who contribute the most they can

over the long term. Over the last three years, we

have developed our Connection & Contribution

(C&C) model to help measure if we are achieving

our intent. This model focuses on four key drivers

– an employee’s connection to the company, our

people, the work they do, and their opportunities

for learning and career growth. We measure C&C

through regular employee feedback alongside

reviewing key people data to provide a balanced

view of our environment and how our people feel

about working here. Our employee feedback results

show a very strong connection to the company’s

purpose and commitment to contributing to our

business in the future.

Our continuous improvement culture has driven

our approach, as it empowers those closest to the

work to drive solutions. It treats employee feedback

as one of several tools for managers and teams to

identify improvement opportunities. By having the

right work environment, we help our people realise

their potential and contribute to our growth over

the long term.

Rewarding our people

Our intent is to reward our people fairly based on

individual performance and contribution, the size

of their role and the market context. Employee

remuneration is reviewed annually.

In addition to base remuneration, we offer a

discretionary profit share scheme payable every

six months. During the 2026 financial year, the

total profit share pool amounted to $19 million

and was divided among employees who met the

qualifying criteria.

In New Zealand, Australia, the United States and

Canada, we offer an employee share purchase

scheme whereby our people may purchase shares

at a discount. During the 2026 financial year, over

200 eligible employees in the US and Canada

participated in the share purchase scheme, and in

New Zealand and Australia, more than 2,400 eligible

employees participated in the 2025 scheme offer.

In certain countries, additional benefits may include

superannuation, paid parental leave, health and life

insurance, and the opportunity to receive long-term

variable remuneration in the form of share options,

performance share rights or employee share rights.

Read more in the Remuneration section on pages

74-82.

Collective bargaining agreements

We support sound collective bargaining practices

to help ensure employees have an equal voice

in negotiations and that the outcome is fair and

equitable for everyone. In the 2026 financial year,

89% of our New Zealand manufacturing and site

operations employees and 60% of our Mexico

manufacturing and site operations employees

were covered by collective bargaining agreements.

In December 2023, Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

negotiated a collective employment agreement

with the representative unions in New Zealand.

The agreement is effective for three years.

Our Mexico team completed general collective

agreement negotiations with their representative

unions in January 2024, and their agreement

is also valid for three years. Their pay-related

collective employment agreement was finalised

with the unions in April 2026, and this remains

valid for a year.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
What matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

38Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Diversity, equity and inclusion

To achieve our purpose, we nurture a culture

where everyone can find belonging, reach their

full potential and contribute over the long term.

Our approach is guided by our Diversity, Equity &

Inclusion Procedure.

We aim to embed diversity, equity and inclusion

(DEI) into our workplace by implementing the

following fundamentals:

• A global approach encompassing all

demographics, identities, backgrounds and

experiences

• High-performing teams built with the best

possible people, free of bias, unconscious or

otherwise

• A positive and inclusive culture based on trust

and respect.

We review our DEI Procedure annually and monitor

our performance against it, reporting to the People

and Remuneration Committee of the Board any

recommended changes to our strategies and

measurable objectives.

During the 2026 financial year, we progressed

DEI initiatives enabled by our people and our

employee-led networks in New Zealand. Some key

highlights are provided below.

Progressing DEI in engineering

• Highlighting career pathways and facilitating

networking for women in engineering has proven

successful, with an increased proportion of

women managers reporting better visibility of

women role models.

• A new partnership with Diversity Agenda, a

diversity-focused initiative by engineering and

architecture firms, facilitated collaboration to

build a broader understanding of DEI strategy

and key focus areas across the engineering

industry.

• A group of our engineering managers gained

knowledge and tools to better support their

neurodivergent team members as part of a pilot

learning opportunity.

• We compiled valuable data analysis and insights

on promotions and turnover by gender,

differences in the employee experience by

gender and feedback from our employee-led

networks, to inform future initiatives.

Supporting rainbow inclusion

• Rainbow employees and allies worked together

as a regular committee, enabling the success of

rainbow inclusion initiatives.

• Senior leaders spoke at rainbow events to show

visible and authentic support and allyship.

• Continued embedding rainbow inclusion into

recruitment processes, learning opportunities,

campus facilities and mental health initiatives.

Our sustained efforts were recognised at the

New Zealand Rainbow Excellence Awards 2025,

where we won the Emerging category and were

finalists in the Pride Network of the Year category.

DEVELOPMENT CIRCLES OFFER PEER MENTORING FOR OUR

WOMEN IN SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING.

EMBRACING DIFFERENCES, A PANEL DISCUSSION WITH

F&P EMPLOYEES, HIGHLIGHTED THE IMPORTANCE OF

UNDERSTANDING DIVERSITY AND RAINBOW INCLUSION.

180+

PEOPLE COMPLETED

TE TIRITI O WAITANGI/

TREATY OF

WAITANGI COURSE

Winner

IN EMERGING CATEGORY AT NEW ZEALAND RAINBOW

EXCELLENCE AWARDS 2025

DIVERSITY, EQUITY AND INCLUSION

550

PEOPLE IN

EMPLOYEE-LED

NETWORKS IN NZ

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
What matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

39Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Manaaki – our Māori

language and culture

network hosted

community hui (meetings)

to connect, learn and

practise te reo Māori

(Māori language), waiata

(songs), and karakia

(blessings).

Menopause Matters –

our menopause initiative

organised an external

expert to share insights

into menopause and

explore better support in

the workplace, attended

by over 200 people.

ReThink – our

neurodiversity network

hosted a session sharing

the experiences of some

of our neurodivergent

people to build awareness

and understanding.

Spectra – our rainbow

inclusion network

sponsored a rainbow

engineering club at a

local university to support

students starting their

careers.

WISE – our women in

science and engineering

network launched

Development Circles,

safe spaces for peer

mentoring, and now have

six active Circles.

Communities of belonging

Our employee-led networks at our largest campus

in New Zealand remained active as communities of

belonging and inclusion.

In May 2025, we opened Te Rito, our new

community hub, providing a dedicated, welcoming

space for our people to meet, share and celebrate

cultures and connections.

our people covered by a collective agreement are

fixed, based on skills and position, so there is no

difference in pay within like-for-like roles.

SALARIED EMPLOYEES LIKE-FOR-

LIKE GENDER PAY GAPFY25FY26

New Zealand0.9%1.1%

International regions4.7%4.2%

The data in the table above reflects the like-for-

like gender pay gap at a single point in time. We

regularly monitor this metric and take action as

needed to ensure all employees are paid fairly

regardless of gender.

Overall gender pay gap – New Zealand

The overall gender pay gap for employees in

New Zealand measures the difference in median

pay between men and women. It does not take into

account the nature of the role or the type of work

done.

OVERALL GENDER PAY GAPFY25FY26

New Zealand33%33%

Our overall gender pay gap is shaped by the

composition of our workforce, and it is influenced

by the distribution of men and women across the

business. At Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, a higher

proportion of men occupy engineering roles while

a higher proportion of women are employed in

manufacturing roles.

CELEBRATING WITH OUR SCHOLARS FROM FIRST FOUNDATION

AT TE RITO, THE NEW COMMUNITY HUB AT OUR AUCKLAND

CAMPUS.

Gender pay equity

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare has been reporting on

gender pay equity since 2017. Gender pay equity is

about making sure people are paid fairly regardless

of their gender. We continue to monitor this on a

regular basis across our global locations.

Like-for-like gender pay gap

The like-for-like gender pay gap is the difference

between the mean pay of men and women in like-

for-like roles, therefore measuring whether men

and women receive equal pay for equal work. ‘Like-

for-like’ comparisons consider the type and size of

roles and experience. We include only salaried roles

in our like-for-like gender pay gap as pay rates for

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
What matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

40Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Workforce composition

The tables below provide insight into the composition of our workforce by headcount as at 31 March 2026,

and into hire rates and retention rates.

People numbers

BY REGION

FY25FY26

REGIONPERMANENTTEMPORARYPERMANENTTEMPORARY

New Zealand3,772543,812111

Mexico2,344142,22479

Rest of World1,324271,39837

Total7,440957,434227

BY GENDER

FY25FY26

GENDERPERMANENTTEMPORARYPERMANENTTEMPORARY

Women4,067504,081125

Men3,325453,308102

Gender diverse6060

Not specified/Prefer not to say420390

Total7,440957,434227

BY NATURE OF ROLE (full-time and part-time*)

FY25FY26

GENDERFULL-TIMEPART-TIMEFULL-TIMEPART-TIME

Women4,032354,03051

Men3,305203,28226

Gender diverse6060

Not specified/Prefer not to say411390

Total7,384567,35777

* Does not include temporary employees (casual, fixed-term, temporary, temporary part-time and contract temporary) due to the changing nature of their hours.

Human rights

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare fully supports the

principles in the United Nations Universal

Declaration of Human Rights and the International

Labour Organisation Declaration on Fundamental

Principles and Rights at Work, including non-

discrimination, freedom of association and

collective bargaining, and freedom from forced

and child labour. We seek to uphold human rights

in all business activities.

During the 2026 financial year in Mexico, we

received the Human Rights Committed Company

Distinction from the Comisión Estatal de los

Derechos Humanos de Baja California (Human

Rights Commission of the State of Baja California

or CEDHBC). This was the third time we were

recognised for this voluntary initiative to promote

sustainable development and corporate citizenship

through a commitment to human rights and a

platform for learning and exchange of experiences.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
What matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

41Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Leadership by age

The tables below show the age ranges among our Board members, senior

executives, management and all employees as at 31 March 2026.

FY25FY26

UNDER 30

YEARS OLD

30 – 50

YEARS OLD

OVER 50

YEARS OLD

UNDER 30

YEARS OLD

30 – 50

YEARS OLD

OVER 50

YEARS OLD

Board008008

Senior executives

1

085085

Management

(CEO-2)

2

0442004522

All employees

3

1,7904,3281,3221,6254,4341,375

FY25FY26

% UNDER 30

YEARS OLD

% 30 – 50

YEARS OLD

% OVER 50

YEARS OLD

% UNDER 30

YEARS OLD

% 30 – 50

YEARS OLD

% OVER 50

YEARS OLD

Board––100%––100%

Senior executives

1

–61.5%38.5%–61.5%38.5%

Management

(CEO-2)

2

–68.8%31.2%–67.2%32.8%

All employees

3

24.1%58.2%17.7%21.9%59.6%18.5%

1 Senior executives: This refers to all members of the Executive Management team.

2 Management (CEO-2): This includes senior managers who report into the direct reports of the Chief Executive Officer.

3 Temporary employees are not included.

Leadership by gender

The tables below show gender diversity among our Board members, senior

executives, senior management and all employees as at 31 March 2026.

FY25FY26

WOMENMEN

GENDER

DIVERSEWOMENMEN

GENDER

DIVERSE

Board350350

Senior executives

1

31003100

Management

(CEO–2)

2

1945022450

All employees

3, 4

4,0673,32564,0813,3086

FY25FY26

WOMEN %MEN %

GENDER

DIVERSE %WOMEN %MEN %

GENDER

DIVERSE %

Board37.5%62.5%–37.5%62.5%–

Senior executives

1

23.1%76.9%–23.1%76.9%–

Management

(CEO-2)

2

29.7%70.3%–32.8%67.2%–

All employees

3, 4

54.7%44.7%0.1%54.9%44.5%0.1%

1 Senior executives: This refers to all members of the Executive Management team.

2 Management (CEO-2): This includes senior managers who report into the direct reports of the Chief Executive Officer.

3 Temporary employees are not included.

4 Employees who have not specified their gender are not included.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
What matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

42Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Hire rates*

BY REGION

FY25FY26

REGION

NEW

EMPLOYEESHIRE RATE

NEW

EMPLOYEESHIRE RATE

New Zealand63518%3439%

Mexico38917%1326%

Rest of World21316%20414%

Total1,23717%6799%

BY GENDER

FY25FY26

GENDER

NEW

EMPLOYEESHIRE RATE

NEW

EMPLOYEESHIRE RATE

Women73219%3889%

Men48615%2919%

Gender diverse113%0–

Not specified / Prefer not to say1856%0–

Total1,23717%6799%

BY AGE GROUP

FY25FY26

AGE GROUP

NEW

EMPLOYEESHIRE RATE

NEW

EMPLOYEESHIRE RATE

Under 30 years old50829%30118%

30 – 50 years old65216%3368%

Over 50 years old776%423%

Total1,23717%6799%

* Hire rate is the number of permanent employees hired divided by total headcount for that region or category.

Employee turnover rates

BY REGION

FY25FY26

REGION

NUMBER OF

LEAVERS

TURNOVER

RATE

NUMBER OF

LEAVERS

TURNOVER

RATE

New Zealand35510%3379%

Mexico46320%29213%

Rest of World16212%13810%

Total98014%76710%

BY GENDER

FY25FY26

GENDER

NUMBER OF

LEAVERS

TURNOVER

RATE

NUMBER OF

LEAVERS

TURNOVER

RATE

Women54114%42210%

Men43313%34110%

Gender diverse113%0–

Not specified / Prefer not to say516%410%

Total98014%76710%

BY AGE GROUP

FY25FY26

AGE GROUP

NUMBER OF

LEAVERS

TURNOVER

RATE

NUMBER OF

LEAVERS

TURNOVER

RATE

Under 30 years old38522%25015%

30 – 50 years old46111%3999%

Over 50 years old13410%1189%

Total98014%76710%

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
What matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

43Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Health and safety

Creating healthy and safe ways of working

that allow our people to thrive is at the heart

of how we improve the safety of work at F&P.

Our approach to improving the safety of

work is to grow leadership, promote employee

engagement and participation, and focus on the

risks that matter. We integrate health and safety

into everyday decision-making, supported by

clear governance, defined responsibilities and

consistent systems across our operations.

We ask our people to carry out their work with

care, be responsible and keep others healthy and

safe. We improve outcomes for our people, their

families, communities and the patients we serve

by continuously improving the way we work.

We are focused on learning from the way we work.

We maintain a balance of leading and lagging metrics

and monitor critical risk controls and our ability to

work safely every day. Our data provides insights that

inform action, helping us identify root causes and

drive ongoing improvement in how work is done.

Framework for health and safety

Our global health and safety framework is aligned

to ISO 45001 Occupational Health and Safety

Management Systems. The Quality, Safety and

Regulatory Committee has oversight of our health

and safety performance, and we regularly engage

with and report to the full Board on health and safety.

supporting more effective identification of underlying

system and work design factors. These initiatives

were complemented by ongoing occupational

health and ergonomics-focused education and

recertification of the Mexico facility under the

Entornos Laborales Seguros y Saludables (Safe

and Healthy Workplace Environments) programme,

reinforcing preventive health and safety practices.

Occupational health

The Occupational Health Centres (OHCs) at our

New Zealand and Mexico campuses offer a variety

of services, including pre- and post-employment

health checks, preventative physiotherapy

treatments, rehabilitation support, travel and

vaccination services, and health monitoring.

Over the 2026 financial year, the New Zealand

health centre continued to strengthen preventive

and corrective occupational health processes,

including evaluating the national Accredited

Employer Programme.

At our Mexico campus, we held multiple health

promotion campaigns for our people during the year.

These included clinical health checks, eye checks, oral

health checks, cervical and breast cancer screening,

and influenza and measles vaccinations. We also

offered access to affiliated external medical and

rehabilitation clinics for specialised physiotherapy and

extended recovery services.

IN MEXICO, WE WERE RECERTIFIED IN THE SAFE AND HEALTHY

WORKPLACE ENVIRONMENTS VOLUNTARY PROGRAMME.

EMPLOYEES IN MEXICO PARTICIPATING IN A HEALTH CHECK

CAMPAIGN AT OUR TIJUANA CAMPUS.

Health and safety initiatives

Key initiatives during the 2026 financial year

included:

• Safety of Work maturity assessments

completed across major operations, including

New Zealand manufacturing and distribution,

Mexico manufacturing, Australia and selected

global distribution centres.

• Critical risk assessments completed across

multiple manufacturing, distribution, and

research and development environments

globally, with remaining sites progressing

through the process.

• Health and safety employee voice surveys

across New Zealand, North America, Europe and

Australia, with results reviewed and local action

plans developed.

• Task-based electrical safety assessments

completed within research and development

environments to better understand and control

specialist electrical risks.

• New global health and safety induction video

developed to support consistent onboarding and

reinforce leadership, employee engagement and

risk-based safety principles across regions.

Training on health and safety

Over the 2026 financial year, we conducted

targeted training across Mexico, New Zealand and

the wider global business, aligned to our refreshed

Health & Safety strategy and operating model, with

a strong focus on improving the Safety of Work by

enabling our teams to act as trusted advisors to

frontline operations. This included roll-out of a new

health and safety professional guide reinforcing

leadership accountability, employee participation

and risk-based decision-making.

In Mexico, more than 1,800 employees participated

in Health, Safety, Sustainability and Wellbeing

Week. Health and safety teams also focused on

lifting the quality of learning from incidents by

strengthening capability in incident investigation

and causation analysis methodologies (ICAM),

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
What matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

44Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Health and safety data

INJURY RATES BY YEAR (per million hours worked)

INJURY RATES (GLOBAL)FY25FY26

TRIFR

1

3.423.08

LTIFR

2

2.762.23

INJURY RATES (per million hours worked) AND SEVERITY

NEW ZEALANDMEXICOREST OF WORLD

FY25FY26FY25FY26FY25FY26

TRIFR

1

5.953.90.972.353.302.46

LTIFR

2

4.992.960.972.021.831.06

Fatality000000

Serious injury000000

Lost time injury311961253

Medical treatment injury350245

Restricted work injury310000

First aid injury1932951591291110

Pain and discomfort241173461701212

1 Total recordable injury frequency rate

2 Lost time injury frequency rate

Mental health and wellbeing

Our approach to mental health and wellbeing reflects our commitment to

caring for our people. As a global organisation, we believe it is important

that support is available and accessible, regardless of where our people

are based.

Mental Health Champion Networks

Our Hei Oranga Hinengaro Mental Health Champion Network in New

Zealand provides an accessible, peer-led layer of wellbeing support,

shaped by our people, for our people. They play an important role as local

connectors and help bring wellbeing considerations into everyday decisions

and ways of working.

In the 2026 financial year, the network continued to grow and support our

people across manufacturing and warehousing operations, with two groups

helping to initiate wellbeing conversations and encourage early support.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
What matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople

45Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Wellbeing support for employees

The Employee Assistance Programme (EAP)

remains a key support service within our wellbeing

framework, providing confidential support to

employees and their immediate family members

across our global workforce.

During the 2026 financial year, we expanded our

EAP services to offer menopausal support and

traditional medicinal approaches to wellbeing

catering to the diverse needs of our people

globally. In New Zealand, we provided targeted

wellbeing support to specific groups, including

interns and graduates, and expanded wellbeing and

nursing room facilities.

In Mexico, we held five wellbeing events for

employees with specialist speakers on women’s

mental health, human rights, suicide prevention,

neurodiversity inclusion, and prevention of violence

against women. In collaboration with the Women’s

Justice Center, ‘Orange Days’ raised awareness to

eliminate violence against women through talks,

donations and promotion of support services for

women.

Champions took part in regular, customised

learning hui (sessions) that focused on building

practical skills and confidence in areas such as

initiating challenging conversations, supporting

colleagues through complex wellbeing needs,

strengthening trust, and encouraging connection

and balance at work.

REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE WOMEN’S JUSTICE CENTER,

WHICH HELPS WOMEN AFFECTED BY VIOLENCE, EXPLAIN THEIR

SUPPORT SERVICES TO OUR PEOPLE IN MEXICO.

81

ACTIVE CHAMPIONS

MENTAL HEALTH CHAMPION NETWORKS

45

LEARNING SESSIONS

completed by

NZ champions

MENTAL HEALTH CHAMPIONS AT A LEARNING WORKSHOP.

On-site psychology services at our New Zealand

and Mexico campuses provide support for anxiety,

access to specialised therapies and work-related

guidance for managers supporting team members

experiencing mental illness.

In New Zealand, we increased availability of

services from Monday to Friday and introduced

a self-service booking system with shift-based

appointments. For our Mexico teams, we provided

125 off-site consultations at the Tijuana Mental

Health Hospital.

We have partnerships in place with local

government agencies in Mexico to provide

specialised services in psychological counselling,

gender violence support and addiction treatment

for our people. These include the Women’s

Justice Center (CEJUM), which offers legal

counsel and complaints services and the Human

Rights Commission of the State of Baja California

(CEDHBC).

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentProduct quality

46Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Quality and safety throughout

the product life cycle

We develop high-quality products that meet the

needs of patients, clinicians and caregivers. Product

requirements are driven by detailed understanding

of user needs. As part of the design process,

products are thoroughly tested and validated to

ensure they deliver on those requirements and

meet applicable standards for intended use.

Our quality teams operate as a service to

our product and process development and

manufacturing operations teams, which means

that quality controls are built into the design

process through collaboration.

We ensure our products meet specifications

through robust manufacturing technology,

processes and controls. Our global supply chain

is set up to deliver products that meet customer

expectations, through great relationships with

our suppliers, effective inventory and distribution

management, and distribution partners worldwide.

We review real-world customer experience through

an extensive post market surveillance process

to ensure our products continue to deliver on

customer needs and take steps to proactively

address potential risks.

Governance

The Vice President – Quality, Safety & Regulatory

Affairs has executive accountability for quality and

regulatory affairs, and along with the executive

management team, oversees the performance of

the Quality Management System (QMS) to ensure

it remains effective and efficient and continues

to improve.

The Quality, Safety and Regulatory Committee has

oversight of the QMS and receives regular quality

management reports. The Committee also reviews

our quality, health and safety and regulatory risk

management approach and ensures effective

mechanisms and controls are in place to identify

and manage areas of material risk and maintain

compliance with applicable regulations.

Our approach to product

quality and patient safety

Our intention is that the quality of our products

and processes and our good relationships with

regulators provide a competitive advantage and

enable better outcomes for patients.

The medical device industry is highly regulated

worldwide. We strive to ensure that the quality of

the products we distribute meets the expectations

of patients, caregivers and regulatory authorities

and facilitates market acceptance of our products.

We manage product quality with processes that

drive continuous improvement throughout the life

cycle of our products. These include:

• verification and validation of product

requirements to meet user needs

• proactive quality control mechanisms within our

manufacturing operations

• data collection and statistical analysis to make

improvements

• risk mitigation intervention to correct a process

before product quality is compromised

• market surveillance and response processes to

ensure continued product safety and quality for

our customers and patients.

Our products are used to treat

millions of people around the world

each year, so they need to meet high

quality standards. We continuously

strive to improve our products and

their production to achieve the quality

and reliability that patients and

caregivers expect.

Product quality

Quality management

for products

Our QMS incorporates processes that have

an impact on product quality and regulatory

compliance aligned to ISO 14971:2019 Application

of Risk Management to Medical Devices, specific

to medical device design and manufacturing.

Our QMS is compliant with ISO 13485:2016 Quality

Management Systems for Medical Devices and

meets the requirements of various international

regulations. We participate in the Medical Device

Single Audit Program with our QMS audited

against the requirements of several global

regulatory authorities.

Our QMS and related processes are continuously

reviewed for ongoing improvement, suitability and

effectiveness. This includes the review and audit by

notified bodies and regulatory agencies, to ensure

continued compliance.

ENGINEERS CONDUCT PRODUCT TESTING IN THE LABORATORY

AS PART OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentProduct quality

47Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

AN R&D TEAM AT A CLINICAL SIMULATION SESSION AT OUR EAST

TĀMAKI CAMPUS IN NEW ZEALAND.

The information we gather throughout the product

life cycle is also used to identify improvements to

our current and future products.

During the 2026 financial year, we issued one field

safety notice. This was issued in September 2025

in relation to our Airvo 2 and myAirvo 2 devices,

and communicated an update of the disinfection

kit user manual.

Regulatory clearance

for products

Over the years, medical device regulations and

standards have continued to evolve and expand.

This comes in response to rapid technological

advancement, and changes in regulator and patient

expectations.

Prior to sales and distribution in any country, our

products are verified and validated to demonstrate

safety and efficacy. They also comply with relevant

international standards and regulations and are

reviewed and approved by various regulatory bodies.

We work closely and collaboratively with regulatory

authorities to ensure our products and operations

meet their expectations and can enter and remain

in their market. We also proactively engage with

regulators in their efforts to further improve the

timely delivery and access to quality medical devices,

such as the Voluntary Improvement Program and

Experiential Learning Program, organised by the

US Food and Drug Administration (FDA).

We continuously enhance our regulatory

processes to maintain compliance and sustain

sales in our markets.

Clinical collaboration

for better outcomes

Clinical studies are an essential element in

building confidence in the safety and efficacy of

our products. We support clinical research that

validates improvements in patient outcomes that

our products can deliver. In this context, we work

closely with clinicians and healthcare organisations

to support their studies and identify ways in

which our products can help them provide better

healthcare solutions.

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare currently supports over

84 active studies. Such clinical research shows the

impact of industry and healthcare providers working

together to improve patient care and outcomes.

Hospital simulations

Our R&D teams visit hospitals regularly to engage

with experienced doctors, nurses and respiratory

care specialists around the world to understand

their needs and challenges, and to grow their

understanding of care environments across

neonatal, pediatric and adult specialities. The

knowledge gained contributes to enhancing both

product quality and patient safety.

Some of our products are used to support

patients in the critical and intensive care units,

where it can be challenging for observers to be

present. To help our people gain practical insights

into these environments, we run simulations in

collaboration with universities and hospitals. In a

typical simulation, hospital caregivers demonstrate

a relevant task using our products, while our teams

practise the task, record and question the caregiver

to clearly understand their process.

Human factors engineering

Human factors engineering is a core

capability that underpins regulatory success,

product quality, and speed of development

for our medical devices. It generates user-

based evidence to deliver products that are

safe and easy to use, and right for users.

We gather this evidence by engaging

with users to understand what they do

and to empathise with their use context.

For example, simulated-use testing involves

observing representative users interacting

with our products in a realistic manner.

We then interview them for their experiences

and perspectives. These insights enable

usability issues and opportunities to be

addressed early.

Quality and timely user-based data is

strategically important as it facilitates good

decisions up front to save time later. Over the

2026 financial year, we expanded the range

of countries in which human factors testing is

conducted, grew our expertise in early-stage

formative testing in the US and strengthened

alignment with FDA expectations.

When applied effectively, human factors

engineering reduces development risk,

limits late-stage rework, and helps deliver

safe products to customers. We continue

to build this key competency as regulatory

expectations evolve.

WE INTERVIEW USERS AS PART OF HUMAN FACTORS

TESTING.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers

48Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

We seek to build trusted long-term

relationships with suppliers whose

values align with ours – who share

our commitment to sustainable,

ethical and socially responsible

business practices.

Suppliers

Our approach to sustainable

procurement

Suppliers are a vital link in our product supply

value chain, which begins at the source of raw

materials and ends with a customer providing

patient care. We are committed to building a

supply chain aligned with our approach to social

responsibility and environmental sustainability.

Our responsible sourcing process includes

selecting and collaborating with suppliers who

align with our values, providing education and

support on relevant standards, and enabling our

people and our suppliers to speak up in cases of

non-compliance.

The raw materials and components we use

to manufacture our products come from a

network of suppliers around the globe. We

manufacture in New Zealand, North America

and China, while raw materials and components

used in manufacturing come from a network of

global suppliers. A large portion originates from

suppliers in Asia and North America.

STORING RAW MATERIALS FROM SUPPLIERS AT

OUR WAREHOUSE IN AUCKLAND.

2,000+

20+

4

TIER 1 SUPPLIERS to New Zealand, Mexico

and China manufacturing sites

COUNTRIES

CONTINENTS

BASED IN

ACROSS

TIER 1 :

A direct supplier to

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

TIER 2 :

A supplier to one of

our Tier 1 suppliers

TIER 3 : A supplier to one of

our Tier 2 suppliers

1

2

3

Responsible sourcing

Overview of our supply chain
Canada

United Kingdom

Switzerland

IndiaHong Kong

Malaysia

New Zealand

USA

Mexico

Dominican Republic

Germany

Sweden

Austria

Italy

Turkey

Thailand

Singapore

Taiwan

Japan

Australia

China

Costa Rica

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleWhat matters mostCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers

49Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers

50Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Sustainable procurement framework

Our sustainable procurement framework, aligned

in principle to ISO 20400 Sustainable Procurement,

enables us to identify, monitor and address risk

(including modern slavery risk), and helps build

knowledge on social and environmental topics

relevant to our supply chain. We use an integrated

enterprise resource planning system and a strong

quality management system to ensure that our

supply chain is transparent and coordinated across

our global network.

We offer a customised Environmental & Social

Responsibility (ESR) engagement programme,

managed by a specialist team, that enables

our suppliers to align with our framework and

fundamentals, Supplier Code of Conduct and

ESR Policy.

Our framework is managed by our Supply Chain

team, with our executive management team

providing oversight. The Audit and Risk Committee

of the Board reviews our company’s environmental

and social risk management framework and record

of performance and proposed actions relating to

our sustainable procurement framework.

Fundamentals of our framework

The following fundamentals underpin our

sustainable procurement approach, support

management of risk and drive our purchasing

decisions:

• Collaborate with suppliers who align with our

values

• Proactively measure the effectiveness of our

framework and continuously improve outcomes

• Use a risk and materiality approach to prioritise

activities

• Learn, educate and support others to raise

standards

• Enable our people and our suppliers to speak up

when they have concerns.

Training

We provide regular training opportunities

to our Supply Chain teams to understand and

apply the fundamentals of our sustainable

procurement approach and framework.

Employees working in Quality, Procurement

and Sourcing receive additional training on the

principles and processes we follow to manage

our supply chain, including due diligence and

risk assessment and management processes

and procedures.

Understanding ESR impacts

in our supply chain

We complete a supply chain risk assessment

annually based on our knowledge of the

sustainability impacts relating to the materials

we source, our supply chain and sourcing

countries. We also undertake a specific risk

assessment to determine where the biggest

risk of potential modern slavery lies within our

supply chain.

OUR SUPPLY CHAIN TEAMS RECEIVE ONGOING TRAINING ON OUR SUSTAINABLE PROCUREMENT APPROACH AND FRAMEWORK.

Through these assessments we identify potential

ESR risks in our supply chain based on factors such

as geographical location, prevalence of human

rights and modern slavery risk, and environmental

(carbon) impact of materials sourced. We then apply

a sustainable risk-based approach focusing on:

• Direct suppliers that provide products or

services used in our medical devices or in their

manufacturing

• Geographical supplier locations where there

is a high risk or prevalence of modern slavery

• Materials or supplier practices that have a

significant impact on our carbon footprint.

Our supplier assessments cover governance, ethical

and legal employment practices, the eradication of

child, forced or compulsory labour in their supply

chain and operations, and environmental practices.

We use multiple tools including third-party provided

sustainability platforms, desktop analysis, in-house

ESR questionnaires and surveys and in-person visits.

We also contract with third parties to assist with

deep-dive assessments on the environmental and

social responsibility impacts of our supply chain.

Suppliers that have enlisted
third-party verification to assess

their modern slavery processes

and risk mitigations and have set

environmental targets

EMBARKING

Suppliers at an early stage with

few or no policies focused on

social responsibility and

environmental sustainability

INTERMEDIATE

Suppliers with policies and some

internal controls in place covering


social responsibility and

environmental sustainability

PROFICIENT

Suppliers that are identifying and

actively working to mitigate


modern slavery risks within their

organisation and their supply

chain, and proactively improving

environmental sustainability

ADVANCED

Supplier categories

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

PeopleWhat matters mostCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers

51Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Managing environmental and

social responsibility impacts

We review our complex supply chain on an

ongoing basis to assess environmental and

social responsibility impacts, applying a

sustainable risk-based approach.

Supplier categorisation

Categorising suppliers enables us to prioritise

our activities with them, and ensure sustainable

and responsible procurement practices.

We classify our suppliers based on their social

responsibility and environmental practices,

using our sustainable procurement framework.

Our supplier categories are outlined in the

visual below.

Modern slavery risks in our

operations and supply chains

As part of our commitment to do the right

thing, we recognise that we have a role to

play in guarding against and eradicating

modern slavery.

We have processes that identify and address

modern slavery risks within our supply chain

and aid our procurement decisions. We

understand these processes do not eliminate

the risk of modern slavery and remain

focused on raising awareness, assessing our

suppliers, and supporting them to address

modern slavery risks.

To determine the biggest risk of potential

modern slavery within our supply chain,

we cross-reference geographical supplier

locations against their prevalence of modern

slavery based on the most recent Global

Slavery Index.

While we source globally for our operations,

a large portion originates from suppliers in

Asia and North America, with highest-risk

categories being electronics and textiles. We

acknowledge that the highest-risk factors

which could potentially link to modern

slavery violations within our supply chain and

operations relate to the use of forced labour,

with particular risks for migrant workers.

For further details on how we manage

modern slavery risks in our supply chain as

well as our assessment of the effectiveness

of our approach, refer to our Modern Slavery

Statement on our website: www.fphcare.com.

Support for our suppliers

We proactively measure the effectiveness of

our framework, and thus verify and validate the

environmental, social and ethical performance of

our suppliers. To support and ensure transparency,

our local teams interact with and visit our suppliers,

where possible, to understand and evaluate their

operations. We have on-the-ground support for

suppliers in New Zealand, Mexico and China, where

we have a larger presence. We have a sustainable

procurement manager based in Hong Kong to

support all suppliers within the Asia region, which

we have identified as having a high potential for

modern slavery.

Where any potential environment or social

responsibility issue has been identified in our supply

chain, our approach is to collaborate with suppliers

to create awareness, educate and implement

remedial measures, where required. This includes

corrective actions to address the underlying causes

of violations to prevent reoccurrence.

In the event that a supplier does not engage

with us or fails to remediate a material issue, we

would consider appropriate next steps, including

suspending sourcing or supply of services and/or

terminating the relationship.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers

52Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Key sustainable procurement

activities in FY26

• HOSTED our Supplier collaboration and

expo event in New Zealand

• CONDUCTED one-to-one engagements

with 52 suppliers

• UPGRADED 37 suppliers (including 8

Tier 2 suppliers) based on our supplier

categorisation criteria

• IDENTIFIED two suppliers with potential

non-compliance with local labour laws

regarding payment of wages for overtime,

exceeding maximum working hours and

safe working conditions. Some issues were

remediated within FY26, with development

plans in place for the remainder to be

completed during FY27

• COMPLETED development plans with

2 suppliers carried over from FY25

• CONTINUED mapping multiple tiers of

our supply chain and assessment of our

Tier 2 suppliers

• ROLLED OUT enhanced supplier

performance scorecard with strategic

metrics, including environmental and

social responsibility

Future focus

• EMBED supplier performance ratings within our

approved supplier materials database, making

this information accessible across the business

to support more informed decision-making

• STRENGTHEN contractual requirements to

reinforce expectations related to modern slavery

risk management

• DEVELOP digital tools to facilitate easier

collaboration with suppliers

• COMMENCE roll-out of digital learning resources

to educate suppliers on topics in our Supplier

Code of Conduct

• PROGRESS mapping multiple tiers of our supply

chain to obtain greater visibility of key

commodities

• CONTINUE developing and measuring key

performance indicators to monitor effectiveness

of our initiatives

Collaboration with our supply chain

We remain committed to building strong, long-term

partnerships with our suppliers – because together,

we create better outcomes for patients around

the world.

As part of our ESR engagement programme, we

collaborate with, learn from, educate and support

our suppliers to continuously improve performance

and raise standards across our global network.

Using our supplier categorisation as a baseline, the

programme assesses and supports Embarking and

Intermediate suppliers to progress and achieve a

Proficient status.

In addition, our supplier performance scorecard

assesses suppliers across key metrics, including

environmental and social responsibility. It is

embedded into regular supplier business reviews

to support informed procurement decisions.

Supplier event

Partnering with our suppliers is crucial to verify

and validate our environmental, social and ethical

performance and theirs, so we can continuously

improve this.

This year’s Supplier event brought together

nearly 50 of our valued local and international

suppliers at our East Tāmaki campus in Auckland,

where they had the opportunity to connect face-to-

face with our teams – reinforcing the theme of the

event: Collaboration.

Our suppliers gained insights into our

strategic direction from senior leaders, and we

acknowledged their contributions and progress in

helping us achieve these goals.

We presented recognition awards to appreciate the

achievements of our suppliers, including two new

award categories for innovation and performance.

The supplier expo was once again a highlight,

showcasing a wide range of products, capabilities

and sustainable initiatives to the wider business,

and facilitating in-person discussions with our

suppliers.

AT OUR 2025 SUPPLIER EVENT, WE COMMENDED AND

RECOGNISED OUR SUPPLIERS’ PROGRESS AND ACHIEVEMENTS.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers

53Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Speak Up Procedure

We have a global Speak Up Procedure (or whistle

blowing/protected disclosures procedure) that

can be used by our suppliers to report potential

unethical or illegal behaviour. Reports can be

made confidentially to internal Speak Up Officers

or through an independent reporting system

managed by Deloitte. This process provides greater

clarity across our supply chain and ensures there

can be disclosure by suppliers without reprisals.

Environmental & Social

Responsibility Policy

The intention of our Environmental & Social

Responsibility Policy is to create a positive

lasting impact on society and the environment.

One of the fundamental ways in which we want

to achieve this is through verifying and validating

our environmental, social and ethical performance,

and that of our suppliers. It sets out that we will

collaborate with others to continuously improve

this performance. This includes building trusted

long-term relationships to create better outcomes

for all, as well as striving to provide a high quality

of life for our employees and support our suppliers

to do the same for their people.

Responsible Minerals Sourcing Procedure

Our Responsible Minerals Sourcing Procedure

sets out the way we will source and use minerals.

We understand the importance of actively

mitigating human rights abuses and other risks

related to the extraction of specific minerals from

areas where armed conflict and human rights

abuses may occur. We work with existing suppliers

and monitor supply chain risks related to conflict

minerals to ensure responsible minerals sourcing.

As part of the ongoing process of due diligence,

we steer our suppliers (and their supply chains)

to source minerals from smelters validated through

the Responsible Minerals Assurance Process or an

alternative equivalent. Our process for responsible

minerals sourcing is consistent with the OECD

Due Diligence Guidance for Responsible Supply

Chains of Minerals from Conflict-Affected and

High-Risk Areas.

Commitment to human rights

We fully support the principles in the United

Nations Universal Declaration of Human Rights

and the International Labour Organisation

Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights

at Work, including non-discrimination, freedom of

association and collective bargaining, and freedom

from forced and child labour.

Policies and procedures to assist

sustainable procurement

We have a number of policies and procedures

that support our approach to sustainable

procurement. More information on some of these

procedures is provided in the Governance section

on pages 57-70.

Code of Conduct

We expect our employees and directors to maintain

high ethical standards. Our Code of Conduct sets

out these standards and covers a range of areas

relevant to legal and ethical behaviour, including

when working with our suppliers.

Supplier Code of Conduct

Our Supplier Code of Conduct reflects our values

and expectations for suppliers, contractors and

consultants who provide goods or services to us.

We seek relationships with suppliers who share a

common commitment to:

• incorporate quality business processes within

their day-to-day operation

• conduct their business ethically and with

integrity

• comply with applicable laws and regulations

• respect human and employee rights

• promote and maintain a health and safety

culture within their organisation

• design for sustainability

• monitor and minimise any negative impacts

on the environment

• have systems in place to ensure business

continuity, continuous improvement and

protection of intellectual property.

WE CONNECT WITH OUR SUPPLIERS REGULARLY ON

ENVIRONMENTALLY AND SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE

BUSINESS PRACTICES.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentCommunities

54Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

As a company, we focus on building long-term

relationships that deliver shared value in the

communities where we have a large presence.

This includes building sustainable partnerships,

promoting STEM education and supporting

local communities.

Caring for our communities

Both in New Zealand and around the world,

our teams support a range of initiatives to build

connections and demonstrate care for their

local communities.

Mana whenua partnerships

In New Zealand, Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

supports mana whenua (recognised Māori tribal

groups in Auckland) in line with Te Tiriti o Waitangi

(the Treaty of Waitangi) and our intention to

create a positive lasting impact on society and the

environment. Our efforts are focused on protecting

land and waterways and honouring the history and

heritage of the sites where we operate.

During the 2026 financial year, Ngāi Tai ki Tāmaki

provided input into the design of our fifth building

under construction and a heritage walkway at our

East Tāmaki campus.

Ngāti Te Ata Waiohua, Ngāti Tamaoho and Te Ākitai

Waiohua engaged in planning for our future

campus at Karaka, and collaborated in planting,

pest control, baseline testing for local fauna and

improving waterways on site.

We are committed to supporting

our local communities and fostering

trusted, long-term relationships to

achieve better outcomes for all.

Communities

NGĀTI TE ATA WAIOHUA’S EXPERT PLANTING AND TRAPPING

TEAM WITH OUR SUSTAINABILITY TEAM ON SITE AT

KARAKA, AUCKLAND.

DESIGN INPUTS FROM NGĀI TAI KI TĀMAKI WILL ENHANCE THE

FIFTH BUILDING AND A HERITAGE WALKWAY AT OUR CAMPUS IN

EAST TĀMAKI, AUCKLAND.

EXECUTIVE WORKING GROUP AT PAPAKURA MARAE,

SOUTH AUCKLAND.

During the 2026 financial year, an executive

working group in New Zealand participated in

six wānanga – forums for learning and dialogue

– to deepen understanding of how we can meet

our obligations to local communities under

Te Tiriti o Waitangi.

STEM education

This year, we hosted campus tours in New Zealand

for students from Youth Without Borders,

Pukekohe High School, Tuakau College, Waiuku

College, Tipene College, Rotary Club and Auckland

University’s South Pacific Indigenous Engineering

Students Association. These tours help build an

awareness of employment pathways for students

interested in science, technology, engineering and

mathematics (STEM) subjects.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentCommunities

55Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Local community initiatives

Our people based outside New Zealand select and

sponsor local community initiatives that connect

to our purpose. Below are some highlights of their

activities during the 2026 financial year.

In Mexico, our teams donated clothes, personal

hygiene items and baby supplies to the Center for

Women’s Justice, which provides psychological

care, legal counselling, and long-term shelter for

women who are victims of violence. They also

provided a generous supply of backpacks, clothes,

shoes and toys to the Instituto Madre Asunta, which

shelters refugee, migrant and deported women and

their children.

In the United States, Fisher & Paykel Healthcare is

the exclusive sponsor of The PHIL Award by the

FACES Foundation. The Foundation is a nonprofit

organisation that promotes professional excellence

in pulmonary care by recognising outstanding

education and care of patients with life-threatening

respiratory illnesses. This year, the PHIL Award was

presented to 69 registered respiratory therapists

for their exceptional work in improving patient

IN MEXICO, OUR TEAMS DONATED ESSENTIAL CHILDREN’S ITEMS

TO THE INSTITUTO MADRE ASUNTA.

outcomes. Members of our US team volunteered

at a sports event for military veterans living with

disabilities and donated toys and books to the

Operation Santa Claus programme in Orange

County, California.

In Australia, our teams raised awareness and

funds for Movember, a charity that advocates for

men’s mental health, suicide prevention, prostate

and testicular cancer. The team also donated

canned goods and toiletries to The Salvation

Army’s Christmas appeal to support underserved

local communities.

In India, our teams made significant donations

to Kritagyata Trust and Sparsha Trust to support

education and child welfare. Team members also

volunteered at Kritagyata Trust organising art and

craft sessions.

OUR US TEAM MEMBERS VOLUNTEERED AT THE 2025 VETERANS

SUMMER SPORTS CLINIC HELD AT SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA.

DELIVERING DONATIONS OF CLOTHES AND PERSONAL CARE

ITEMS TO THE CENTER FOR WOMEN’S JUSTICE IN TIJUANA,

MEXICO.

OUR TEAM MEMBERS IN INDIA ENCOURAGING ART AND

CREATIVITY FOR CHILDREN AT KRITAGYATA TRUST IN BENGALURU.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentCommunities

56Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

2025 SUMMER STUDENTSHIP RECIPIENTS AT THE WELCOME

CEREMONY AT KIDZ FIRST CHILDREN’S HOSPITAL IN SOUTH

AUCKLAND.

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

Foundation

In New Zealand, community giving activities are

coordinated and funded by the Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare Foundation. Since its establishment

in 2021, the Foundation has provided grants and

donations of more than $5 million.

The Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Foundation aims to

support healthier communities through investing

in rangatahi (young people) and its focus is on

enabling pathways into STEM careers.

During the 2026 financial year, the Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare Foundation provided $1.5 million in

grants and donations through ongoing partnerships

with 11 organisations, local iwi (Māori tribes) and a

South Auckland high school.

Contributing to health research

The Foundation continued to support the Māori Child

Health Research Collaborative in its goal of enabling

equitable health outcomes for Māori children. In

the fifth year of this partnership, the Foundation

funded six Māori and Pacific medical students

to undertake equity-based research projects, as

part of the summer studentship programme at

Kidz First Children’s Hospital in South Auckland.

Research topics included use of artificial intelligence

for pregnancy and parenting support, antenatal

immunisation for pertussis, and the Lungs4Life

programme identification of bronchiectasis.

Partners of the Foundation

The Foundation partners with

community organisations that are

aligned with its purpose of supporting

healthier communities.

STUDENTS OF FERGUSSON INTERMEDIATE SCHOOL (RIGHT) AT

THEIR FIRST NATIONAL ROBOTICS COMPETITION.

Promoting education

Since 2021, the Foundation has partnered with

Kiwibots to foster a passion for robotics and STEM

education among young people. This year’s funding

enabled four South Auckland schools to receive

VEX educational robotics equipment.

The Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Foundation also

partners with First Foundation, an organisation

that provides scholarships to bright students

whose circumstances make it hard to attend

university. Since 2021, the Foundation’s funding

has supported nine scholars through their first

few years of university, alongside a paid internship

at Fisher & Paykel Healthcare over the summer.

Funding for mana whenua

The Foundation provided funding to select

mana whenua initiatives to strengthen partnerships

and support community health and wellbeing.

More information about the activities of the

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Foundation can be

found on its website.

$1.5M

IN GRANTS AND DONATIONS

DURING FY26

14

COMMUNITY

ORGANISATIONS

SUPPORTED

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

57Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Ethical standards

As a business we are committed to doing the

right thing. It is important to us from a social

responsibility standpoint and is what our

customers, employees and shareholders find

compelling. We ensure we comply with our legal

and ethical obligations throughout our business

operations, from the way we source materials,

design and manufacture our products, through to

selling our products across the world.

We have policies and procedures in place to ensure

we conduct our business in a legally, ethically

and socially responsible manner. These policies

and procedures are available on our website, and

summary information with respect to a number

of our policies and procedures can also be found

throughout this section.

Code of Conduct

We expect our employees and directors to maintain

high ethical standards. A Code of Conduct for the

company sets out these standards.

The Code covers a range of areas relevant to legal

and ethical behaviour, including competing fairly,

health and safety, data protection and privacy,

working with customers and suppliers, sanctions

compliance, responsible marketing, financial

records and reporting, continuous disclosure and

insider trading, combating bribery and corruption,

and interactions with healthcare professionals. It

also covers matters such as confidentiality, conflicts

of interest and receipt of gifts.

The Code explains how an employee or director

can report an actual or suspected breach of the

Code. Globally, employees undertake training on

our Code of Conduct as part of our induction

process, including refresher training at least once

every three years. It has been translated into several

languages for our local offices and we rolled out

refresher training on the Code globally for our

employees during the 2024 financial year. The Code

of Conduct is available on our internal intranet and

our external website. New directors are trained on

the Code of Conduct during their induction.

We have an in-house legal team that provides

advice and assistance to the business globally on

how to comply with our various legal obligations

and engage external legal counsel to assist us as

and when required.

We maintain a schedule for regularly reviewing

and updating corporate governance policies and

charters. The Code of Conduct was last reviewed

and updated in March 2026.

Speak Up Procedure

Our Global Speak Up Procedure (or whistleblowing/

protected disclosures procedure) ensures that

employees, contractors and suppliers know how

to report potentially unethical or illegal behaviour

or breaches of our Code of Conduct or Supplier

Code of Conduct, without fear of retaliation or

harassment.

Speak Up reports can be made confidentially

to Speak Up Officers within the company or to

an independent reporting service managed by

Deloitte. Our Speak Up Procedure, including

translations where required, helps ensure that all

employees can be confident that concerns will be

taken seriously and investigated and will not result

in retaliation or other harassment.

Anti-bribery and corruption

In the course of our business, we interact with a

wide range of government officials and private

sector individuals and businesses, including

government regulators, inspection authorities and

healthcare professionals.

We are committed to ensuring that

the company maintains a high standard

of corporate governance and ethical

conduct, through our framework,

processes and practices that guide

our business and operations.

Governance

Corporate governance

overview

The Board and management of Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare are committed to ensuring that the

company maintains a high standard of corporate

governance and ethical conduct.

The Board regularly reviews and assesses the

company’s governance policies and procedures

to ensure that they provide the direction and

controls which enable us to achieve sustainable,

profitable growth and the trust of our customers,

shareholders, regulators, suppliers and communities.

The company is listed on both the NZX and the

ASX (Foreign Exempt Listing category). Corporate

governance principles and guidelines apply in

both countries. As at the date of this report, the

company complies with all of the recommendations

of the NZX Corporate Governance Code dated

31 March 2026. While the company has Foreign

Exempt Listing on the ASX and is not required

to comply with the ASX Corporate Governance

Council’s Corporate Governance Principles and

Recommendations 4th Edition (ASX Principles),

the company considers its corporate governance

practices and procedures substantially reflect the

ASX Principles. The full content of the company’s

corporate governance policies, practices and

procedures referred to below can be found in the

corporate governance section of our website:

www.fphcare.com.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

58Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

We do not tolerate bribery, corruption, kickbacks

or other types of improper benefits, whether

committed by our own people or by anyone we

deal with.

Most of the countries in which we operate have

strict anti-bribery and corruption laws that apply

to our interactions with public officials. Failing

to comply with these laws could have serious

consequences for us, both as individuals and as an

organisation. In some cases, these consequences

could include criminal charges. We have processes

in place for assessing anti-bribery and corruption

risks and we implement measures to mitigate

these risks.

Our Code of Conduct sets out our expectations for

all employees in combating bribery and corruption.

We never offer or accept (or ask a third party to

offer or accept) bribes, illegal facilitation payments,

secret commissions or kickbacks to or from any

person. These rules apply to all our business

activities, including any interactions we may have

with government officials or with any private

person or business, either locally or overseas.

The Code requires that where we suspect bribery

or corruption, either by our own people or by

any of our suppliers, customers or other business

partners, we report it immediately.

During the year ended 31 March 2026, the company

is not aware of any instances of corruption or of

incidents in which employees were dismissed or

disciplined for corruption.

Policy influence

We are, from time to time, involved in discussions

with various governmental or regulatory agencies

in relation to existing or proposed legislation. While

we are members of various trade associations, as

set out on pages 163-164 of this report, we prefer

to engage directly with regulatory bodies on any

legislative matters that may relate to our business.

The company has a policy that it does not make

political donations.

Over the last year, we have continued to work with

New Zealand’s Ministry of Health – Manatū Hauora

and industry associations to provide expertise

in relation to New Zealand’s proposed Medical

Products Bill, as it relates to medical devices.

We have continued engagement on the proposed

Patents Amendment Bill, including participating in

the Select Committee hearings.

Interactions with

healthcare professionals

As we are a medical device business, we must

comply with laws and regulations on interacting

with healthcare professionals in various countries

around the world. It is critical that our activities

do not improperly influence the medical decisions

of healthcare professionals or the purchasing

decisions of entities that buy our products.

Our Interactions with Healthcare Professionals

Procedure ensures that we act ethically and legally

in our interactions with healthcare professionals,

comply with all applicable laws, and do not provide

improper benefits or inducements to healthcare

professionals. We provide training to employees

on this procedure.

Ethical research

and clinical trials

We have formal procedures in place to ensure

that we adhere to the International Council for

Harmonisation Good Clinical Practice (GCP)

standards during all clinical investigations we carry

out. GCP standards cover the design, conduct,

recruitment, recording and reporting of clinical

investigations that involve the participation of

human subjects.

Our procedures have also been compiled based

on the ISO 14155:2020 standard for Clinical

investigation of medical devices for human subjects

– Good clinical practice, the EU Medical Device

Regulation and the principles in the Declaration

of Helsinki.

These procedures are designed to ensure that

the data and reported results of all clinical trials

are credible and accurate and that the rights,

integrity and confidentiality of trial participants

are protected.

Animal research and testing

We are committed to animal welfare and believe

that animal research and testing should only

be undertaken when there is good reason to

believe the research or testing will enhance the

maintenance or protection of human health.

We apply the principles of Replacement, Reduction

and Refinement to evaluate whether there is

good reason to participate in or observe animal

testing and research. We sometimes participate in

or observe animal research and testing to assess

safety or biocompatibility and obtain worldwide

regulatory clearances. This includes animal testing

on rabbits, pigs, guinea pigs, mice and sheep.

Wherever possible, we look for alternatives such

as in vitro or analytical chemistry testing, which do

not require the use of laboratory animals. We take

great care to minimise the risk of duplicate testing

of our products.

In the limited occasions where animal research

and testing is observed or undertaken, we ensure

that any external third party engaged to carry out

animal research or testing has appropriate animal

welfare accreditations (such as the Association

for Assessment and Accreditation of Laboratory

Animal Care International (AAALAC) or the Ministry

for Primary Industries (NZ)) and that all applicable

portions of study protocols are conducted in

accordance with regulations and guidelines

regarding animal care and welfare.

Sustainable tax strategy

Collecting and paying tax is an important

contribution to the communities in which we

operate. In support of our overall business strategy

and objectives, we pursue a tax strategy that is

principled, transparent and sustainable.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

59Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Our Group’s tax contribution includes paying

corporate income taxes, employment-related taxes

and other taxes that we pay or collect on behalf of

governments. We support the OECD Business and

Industry Advisory Committee (BIAC) Statement

of Tax Principles for International Business and

have endorsed these principles in our published

Group Tax Strategy, which was last reviewed and

approved by our Board in November 2025.

Our tax strategy sets out our approach to tax

governance and tax management and is aligned

with our low appetite for tax risk. Its primary

purpose is to ensure that we comply with all our tax

obligations, undertake all transactions with a clear

business and commercial purpose considering all

our stakeholders, and have an open and transparent

relationship with tax authorities.

Our business model is centred in New Zealand, and

the majority of our taxes are paid in New Zealand.

Most of our manufacturing activities and tangible

assets are located in Auckland. All our R&D is

performed in New Zealand, and the associated

intellectual property is owned in New Zealand

as well.

External auditor independence

We are committed to ensuring the quality and

independence of the external audit process.

PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) has been the

company’s external auditor since our stock

exchange listings in 2001. We require the audit

partner to rotate every five years, with the most

recent rotation occurring in the 2024 financial year

to be Indumin Senaratne (Indy Sena).

A full, competitive audit firm request for proposal

(RFP) process was conducted in 2016, with all

major firms participating. This assessed respondents

on key criteria including audit approach and

methodology, internal governance processes, global

resources and capability, key personnel and cost.

PwC was the successful audit firm through that

process and was reappointed as the company’s

external auditor. Since that reappointment, PwC

has had three separate lead audit partners. On an

annual basis, the Board and senior management

also conduct an internal effectiveness review of

the external auditor. Our Audit and Risk Committee

continues to review auditor independence, and

more information about this process is available

on our website: www.fphcare.com.

The Board

The Board plays a vital role in overseeing our

strategic direction. Strong governance from a

diverse and experienced Board ensures we can

achieve our aims of improving patient care and

outcomes through inspired and world-leading

healthcare solutions, thereby sustainably increasing

shareholder value.

The biography of each Board member, including

each director’s skills, experience, expertise and term

of office, is set out in the section, Our Board.

Role of the Board

The Board is ultimately responsible for our strategic

direction. The specific roles and responsibilities

of the Board, and the Board’s procedures, are set

out in detail in our Board Charter, available on our

website: www.fphcare.com. In summary, the Board

is elected by our shareholders to:

• approve the company’s business strategies and

objectives

• oversee management in its implementation of

the company’s strategic objectives, instilling of

the company’s values and performance generally

• review and approve budgets and business plans

• approve our remuneration policy and other

policies and procedures governing the way we

operate our business

• provide governance of internal decision-making

and management.

The Board delegates management of the day-to-

day affairs and responsibilities of the company to

the CEO and executive management to deliver the

strategic direction and goals approved by the Board.

The specific responsibilities delegated to executive

management are recorded in the Board Charter.

The Board regularly reviews and assesses our

governance structures, policies and procedures

to ensure these meet all legal requirements and

ensure we maintain the trust of our customers,

suppliers and communities. The Board Charter was

last updated in September 2024.

Nomination and appointment of

directors

The number of directors is determined by

the Board, in accordance with the company’s

constitution. The constitution requires that there

are at least four directors, and no more than

nine directors, and governs the process for the

appointment and removal of directors.

A director is appointed by ordinary resolution of

the shareholders, although the Board may fill a

casual vacancy.

Under the NZX Listing Rules, a director must

not hold office (without re-election) past the

third annual meeting following the director’s

appointment or three years, whichever is longer.

A director appointed by the Board must not hold

office (without re-election) past the next annual

meeting following the director’s appointment.

When searching for and nominating candidates

to act as a director, the People and Remuneration

Committee takes into account such factors

as it deems appropriate, including diversity of

background (considering factors such as gender,

ethnicity, cultural background, sexual orientation

and age), experience and qualifications of the

candidate, independence and the Board skills

matrix. The Committee may use external search

firms to assist with locating possible candidates

and gathering relevant information.

When considering the re-election of an existing

director, the People and Remuneration Committee

will also consider the length of service of the

director, and the director’s performance on the

Board to date. It is the Board’s general expectation

that a non-executive director will hold office for

an aggregate period of approximately nine years

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

60Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

(including re-elections), though there may be

circumstances when it will be appropriate for

directors to have tenures shorter or longer than this.

We undertake a number of checks before

appointing a director and putting forward to

shareholders a candidate for election as a director.

We ensure shareholders are provided with all

relevant information to inform their decision on

whether to elect or re-elect a director.

At the annual shareholders’ meeting (ASM) on

21 August 2025, Neville Mitchell, Lewis Gradon,

Lisa McIntyre and Cather Simpson retired by

rotation and being eligible, offered themselves

for re-election and were re-elected to the Board.

At the ASM, Mark Cross also offered himself for

election as a director and was elected to the Board.

In January 2026, the company announced the

appointment of Anna Curzon to the Board. Anna

joined the Board on 1 February 2026, to fill the

vacancy left by Pip Greenwood’s retirement.

More details relating to the nomination and

appointment of directors are outlined in the

Procedure for Selection and Appointment

of Directors available on our website:

www.fphcare.com.

Board diversity and skills

A diverse Board allows the company to benefit

from a range of different perspectives, which leads

to healthier debate and decision-making. As we

operate in specialised international markets, the

Board believes that it is important to have members

with diverse backgrounds, experience and skills.

The Board has set itself a gender diversity objective

to have not less than 30% of its directors being male

and not less than 30% of its directors being female.

As at 31 March 2026, 38% of the company’s directors

are female. The Board also believes that the tenure

of each of its members is important as it seeks to

balance independent, institutional knowledge gained

through length of service and the importance of

fresh perspectives in decision-making.

The table above summarises the current key skills,

experience and tenure of the Board.

Written agreements with directors

Upon appointment, non-executive directors are

issued a letter setting out the terms and conditions

of their appointment. This includes information

about their role and duties, time commitments,

term of appointment, remuneration and insurance,

access to information, and disclosure and

compliance obligations. A copy of the standard

form of this letter is available on our website:

www.fphcare.com. The Chief Executive Officer has

an employment agreement setting out his role and

conditions of employment. Further information

about the remuneration of directors is set out in

the Remuneration section of this report.

Directors’ and officers’ insurance and

indemnity

The Group has arranged, as provided for under the

company’s constitution, policies of directors’ and

officers’ liability insurance which, with a Deed of

Indemnity entered into with all directors, ensure

that generally directors will incur no monetary

loss as a result of actions undertaken by them as

directors. Certain actions are specifically excluded,

for example, the incurring of penalties and fines

which may be imposed in respect of breaches of

the law.

Independence of directors

We are committed to ensuring that a majority of

directors are independent of the company, and

do not have any interests, positions, associations

or relationships which might interfere, or might

be seen to interfere, with their ability to bring

independent judgement to the issues before

the Board.

Skills and experience

Neville

Mitchell

Lewis

Gradon

Mark

Cross

Anna

Curzon

Michael

Daniell*

Lisa

McIntyre

Graham

McLean

Cather

Simpson

Financial acumen

✓✓✓✓✓✓✓✓

Sales/Marketing

✓✓✓✓✓✓✓

Engineering/

Science/Technology/

Manufacturing

✓✓✓✓✓✓✓

Medicine/Medical

Device

✓✓✓✓✓✓

Legal/Regulatory

✓✓✓✓✓

Governance

✓✓✓✓✓✓✓✓

International

Business Experience

✓✓✓✓✓✓✓✓

Tenure (years)7.4101.50.224.44.52.53.8

* Michael Daniell was appointed as a non-executive director on 1 April 2016 following his retirement as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

61Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

The Board has regard to a number of factors,

including those described in the NZX Corporate

Governance Code, when assessing the

independence of directors. After consideration of

these factors, the company is of the view that:

1. Lewis Gradon is a director who is currently

employed in an executive role by the company.

2. Michael Daniell is a director who was employed

in an executive role by the company until 31

March 2016.

3. No non-executive director is currently deriving,

nor has derived within the last 12 months, a

substantial portion of their annual revenue from

the company.

4. No director currently holds, nor has held within

the last 12 months, a senior role in a provider of

material professional services to the company

or any of its subsidiaries.

5. No director is currently, nor was within the last

three years, employed by the external auditor to

the company or any of its subsidiaries.

6. No director currently has, nor has had within the

last three years, a material business relationship

(such as a supplier or customer) with the

company or any of its subsidiaries.

7. No director is a substantial shareholder of

the company, nor a senior manager of, nor

otherwise associated with, a substantial

shareholder of the company.

8. No director has, or has had within the last three

years, a material contractual relationship with

the company or another Group member other

than as a director of the company.

9. No director has close family ties or personal

relationships (including close social or business

connections) with anyone in the categories

listed in point 6.

10. Other than Michael Daniell, no director has held

the position of director of the company for a

period of 12 years or more. With his 24-year

tenure, Michael Daniell’s continued presence

on the Board as a non-independent director

is considered highly advantageous to the

company, given the unique depth of his medical

device expertise and governance experience.

Based on these assessments, the Board considers

that, as at 31 March 2026, a majority (six) of the

directors are independent, namely Neville Mitchell

(Board Chair), Mark Cross, Anna Curzon, Lisa

McIntyre, Graham McLean and Cather Simpson,

and that Michael Daniell and Lewis Gradon are not

independent.

Induction and continuing

development of directors

A formal induction programme is provided to

new directors to ensure that they have a working

knowledge of our business. The programme

includes one-on-one meetings with management

and a tour of our R&D and manufacturing facilities.

All directors are regularly updated on relevant

industry and company issues. From time to time,

the Board may also undertake educational trips

to receive briefings from customers and visit

operations of the company outside of New Zealand.

There is an ongoing programme of presentations to

the Board by all business units.

All directors attend training sessions to remain

current on their duties as directors. The

company also arranges training for directors and

management on specific issues as the need arises.

Board performance

We have a Performance Evaluation Procedure

which relates to the performance of the Board, the

Board Committees and individual directors. The

Performance Evaluation Procedure is available on

our website: www.fphcare.com. The Procedure,

in accordance with the Board Charter, requires

the Board to undertake a two-yearly performance

evaluation of itself that:

• compares the performance of the Board with

the requirements of the Board Charter

• reviews the performance of the Board

Committees and individual directors

• effects any improvements to the Board Charter

deemed necessary or appropriate.

An external consulting company facilitated the

Board’s performance evaluation between May

and August 2022, surveying Board and executive

management on a range of items including strategy

and planning, company oversight, engagement

with management, stakeholder engagement, board

culture, capability, and succession planning.

In 2024 it was agreed that given the Board had

appointed a new Chair, the performance evaluation

for 2024 would be conducted by the Chair of the

Board engaging in one-on-one discussions with

individual directors and implementing any required

changes. An external consulting company has

been engaged to facilitate a Board performance

evaluation in 2026.

Our executive management are also subject to

regular performance and contribution reviews,

which occurred during the 2026 financial year. The

performance and contribution of senior executives

is reviewed regularly through ongoing discussions

with the CEO.

Board committees

The Board has three permanent committees which

support the Board by working with management

on relevant issues at a suitably detailed level and

then report back to the Board. Committees and

their members as at 31 March 2026 are:

Audit and Risk Committee

Members: Mark Cross (Chair), Lisa McIntyre,

Graham McLean and Neville Mitchell.

All members are independent, non-executive

directors.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

62Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

People and Remuneration Committee

Members: Lisa McIntyre (Chair), Anna Curzon,

Michael Daniell and Neville Mitchell.

All members are non-executive directors, and

three of the four members (including the Chair)

are independent.

Quality, Safety and Regulatory Committee

Members: Michael Daniell (Chair), Cather Simpson

and Neville Mitchell.

All members are non-executive directors, and two

of the three members are independent.

Each Committee has a charter setting out

its objectives, procedures, composition and

responsibilities. A summary is set out on this page,

and copies of these charters are available on our

website: www.fphcare.com.

The Board may, from time to time, establish other

committees for specific purposes.

About the Audit and Risk Committee

The primary function of the Audit and Risk

Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its

responsibilities relating to the company’s risk

management and internal control framework,

the integrity of its financial reporting, and

the company’s internal and external auditing

processes and activities. The Committee also

assists the Board in monitoring and reporting the

company’s strategies, activities and performance

regarding sustainability, social responsibility

and the environment. The Committee has an

annual work plan and reports to the Board, which

enables it to properly and regularly inform the

Board on significant financial matters relating to

the company.

Employees and external auditors are invited to

attend meetings when it is considered appropriate

by the Committee. At least once per year, the

Committee meets with the auditors without

any representatives of management present

and is encouraged to seek advice from external

consultants or specialists where the Committee

considers that necessary or desirable.

The Audit and Risk Committee closely monitors

financial reporting risks in relation to the

preparation of the financial statements. The

Committee, with the assistance of management,

works to ensure that the financial statements are

founded on a sound system of risk management

and internal control and that the system is

operating effectively in all material respects in

relation to financial reporting risks. As part of this

process, before the company’s financial statements

are approved, the CEO and CFO are required to

state in writing to the Board that, to the best of

their knowledge, the company’s financial reports

present a true and fair view of the company’s

financial condition and operational results and

are in accordance with the relevant accounting

standards, and those reports are founded on a

sound system of risk management and internal

control which is operating effectively.

About the People and Remuneration

Committee

The People and Remuneration Committee’s role

is to oversee and regulate remuneration and

organisation matters of the company, including

reviewing and monitoring the company’s human

resources strategy, reviewing remuneration and

benefits policies, monitoring company performance

against the Diversity, Equity & Inclusion Procedure,

and reviewing performance objectives and

remuneration of the company’s CEO and senior

executives. It also seeks advice on and recommends

director remuneration structure and recommends

director appointments and director succession

planning to the Board, aiming to ensure there is a

range of skills, experience and diversity represented

on the Board.

About the Quality, Safety and Regulatory

Committee

The objective of the Quality, Safety and Regulatory

Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its

responsibilities relating to the oversight of the

company’s quality management system and health

and safety risk management system. As part of the

company’s internal audit function, regular quality

system-specific internal audit reports are received

by the Committee.

For more details on our internal audit processes

and our quality management system, refer to

page 46 of this report.

Board and committee meetings

Normally, the Board holds eight formal meetings

a year. One of those meetings is typically focused

on reviewing the company’s annual business plan

and budget, and at a separate meeting the long-

term strategic plan is considered. The Board also

meets with senior executives to consider matters of

strategic importance. At the company’s ASM held

on 21 August 2025, all the then-serving directors

were in attendance.

Committees generally meet three or four

times per year, or as required to carry out their

responsibilities, and report to the Board following

each meeting.

Details of attendance at Board and Committee

meetings during the year ended 31 March 2026 are

set out in the table on the next page.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

63Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Takeover Response

The Board has adopted a Takeover Response

Procedure to assist the directors and management

with the response to unexpected takeover activity.

The procedure summarises key aspects of takeover

preparation, and sets out governance, conflict

and communications protocols for a takeover

response. This procedure provides that in the event

of a takeover offer, the Board would establish an

Independent Takeover Response Committee to

manage its takeover response obligations.

Company Secretary

The Company Secretary is Raelene Leonard,

General Counsel. The Company Secretary is

responsible for supporting the proper functioning

of the Board and ensuring the appropriate policies

and procedures are followed. The Company

Secretary reports directly to the Board, through the

Chair, on all governance matters as outlined in the

Board Charter.

Disclosure of interests by directors

Directors’ certificates to cover entries in the

company’s interests register in respect of

remuneration, insurance, indemnities, dealing in the

company’s shares, and other interests have been

disclosed as required by the Companies Act 1993.

Directors’ shareholdings

Directors held interests in the following ordinary

shares in the company as at 31 March 2026:

NameOwnershipOrdinary shares

Neville MitchellBeneficial7,445

Lewis Gradon

1

Beneficial558,934

Mark CrossBeneficial4,000

Anna CurzonBeneficial600

Michael DaniellBeneficial900,168

Lisa McIntyreBeneficial13,564

Graham McLeanBeneficial3,900

Cather SimpsonBeneficial1,950

1 Lewis Gradon also had a beneficial interest in 145,013 performance share

rights (PSRs) under the company’s PSR plans and a beneficial interest in

272,290 options issued under the company’s Share option plans.

Board

Committees

Audit and RiskPeople and RemunerationQuality, Safety and Regulatory

Eligible

to attend

3

Attended

Eligible

to attend

3

Attended

Eligible

to attend

3

Attended

Eligible

to attend

3

Attended

Neville Mitchell88444433

Lewis Gradon88

Mark Cross

4

8844

Anna Curzon

2,4

22

Michael Daniell884433

Pip Greenwood

1

332222

Lisa McIntyre

4

884344

Graham McLean

4

8844

Cather Simpson

4

8833

1 Pip Greenwood retired from the Board partway through the financial year in September 2025.

2 Anna Curzon joined the Board partway through the financial year in February 2026.

3 The number of Board and Committee meetings listed above does not include unscheduled Board and Committee conference calls which were held throughout

the year.

4 Mark Cross, Anna Curzon, Lisa McIntyre, Graham McLean and Cather Simpson attended additional Committee meetings each as an ‘optional’ attendee.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

64Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Share dealings by directors

In accordance with the Companies Act 1993 and the Financial Markets Conduct

Act 2013, the Board has received disclosures from the directors named below

of acquisitions or dispositions of relevant interests (as defined in the Financial

Markets Conduct Act 2013) in the company between 1 April 2025 and 31 March

2026, and details of those dealings were entered in the company’s interests

register.

NameTransactionNumber

of shares

Consideration

paid or received

per share

(NZD unless

otherwise stated)

Date

Lewis GradonEmployee share

scheme offer

59$33.72414 April 2025

Granted 64,214 PSRs––4 September 2025

Lapse of 69,931

Options due to

conditions of exercise

not being met

–– 5 September 2025

Lapse of 22,178 PSRs

due to conditions of

exercise not being met

––5 September 2025

Share issue upon

exercise of 56,749

PSRs

56,749–10 September 2025

Share issue upon

exercise of 128,771

Options

62,961–11 September 2025

Sale of shares79,445$38.062312 September 2025

Graham McLeanPurchase of shares 1,000AU$33.9000 11 June 2025

General disclosure of interests by directors

In accordance with section 140(2) of the Companies Act 1993, the directors

named in the table on the right have made a general disclosure of interests by

a general notice disclosed to the Board and entered in the company’s interests

register.

General notices given by directors which remain current as at 31 March 2026

are as follows:

NameEntityRelationship

Neville MitchellSigma Healthcare Limited

Sonic Healthcare Limited

Director

Lewis GradonOther Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Group entities

listed in the ‘Group structure’ section of this report

Director

Mark CrossChorus Limited

Vocus Group Limited

Chair

Kinaroad Holdings Limited

Xero Limited

Director

Anna CurzonAtomic.io LimitedChair

Gallagher Holdings Limited

Jade Software Corporation

Kiwibank Limited

Director

APEC Business Advisory CouncilMember

Michael DaniellCochlear Limited

MRCF Pty Limited

Tait International Limited

Tait Limited

Director

Lisa McIntyreBaymatob Pty Limited

Medibank Private Limited

Studiosity Pty Limited

University of Sydney

Director

Graham McLeanCleanSpace Holdings Limited

Suicide Prevention Australia

Chair

Additive Manufacturing Cooperative Research

Council (AMCRC)

Enterix Australia Pty Limited

Director

Cather SimpsonDewpoint Innovations LimitedChair

New Zealand Institute

for Advanced Technology

Orbis Diagnostics Limited

Director

SPIE (The International Society for

Optics and Photonics)

President-Elect

Orbis Diagnostics LimitedCEO

Pacific Channel Fund IIPartner

Academy Executive Committee of the Royal

Society Te Apārangi

International Council of Academies of Engineering

and Technological Sciences

Member

Luminoma Diagnostics Limited Founder / Director

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

65Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Reporting and disclosure

We are committed to the promotion of investor

confidence by ensuring that the trading of our

shares takes place in an efficient, competitive

and informed market. We believe that evenly

balanced disclosure is fundamental to building

shareholder value and earning the trust of

employees, customers, suppliers, communities

and shareholders.

Continuous disclosure

Our Market Disclosure Procedure establishes our

procedures for meeting our continuous disclosure

obligations and is available on our website:

www.fphcare.com. This Procedure explains

the respective roles of directors, officers and

employees in complying with continuous disclosure

obligations, confidentiality of information, external

communications with analysts and shareholders,

and responding to rumours and market speculation.

The Disclosure Committee, comprising the CEO,

CFO, VP – Corporate and General Counsel, and

the Disclosure Officer, being the VP – Corporate or

alternatively the General Counsel, are responsible

for administering compliance with our Market

Disclosure Procedure, including continuous

disclosure obligations. Market disclosure requires

the approval of either the Board or the Disclosure

Committee, depending on the circumstances.

The Market Disclosure Procedure was last updated

in March 2026.

Company policies

We have policies and procedures in place to ensure

we conduct our business with integrity, and in a

legally, ethically and socially responsible manner.

Key governance documents including our Board

and Committee Charters, Corporate Governance

Policy, Code of Conduct, Diversity, Equity &

Inclusion Procedure, Health & Safety Procedure,

Market Disclosure Procedure, Remuneration

Procedure (Summary) and Securities Trading

Procedure are all available on our website:

www.fphcare.com.

Financial reporting

We are committed to reporting our financial

information in an objective, balanced and clear

manner. Financial results are reported in this

annual report in accordance with the New Zealand

equivalent of International Financial Reporting

Standards. This annual report includes detailed

financial commentary and notes to the financial

statements which explain any changes to

financial reporting.

This annual report also includes comments

from the Chair and CEO on strategic progress,

performance during the year and progress towards

our strategic objectives. It explains how we deliver

value for shareholders and how key performance

indicators, such as revenue, profit, constant

currency information, dividend growth and gearing,

are used to link results to our strategy.

We ensure that financial information reported in

investor presentations, company overviews and

other documents is portrayed in an accurate, fair

and understandable format.

Other reporting

We are committed to transparent reporting of

non-financial objectives, such as environmental,

social and governance (ESG) factors, as well as risk,

health and safety, and business strategy. Our annual

report references the guidelines and principles set

out by the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) and

includes a GRI-referenced content index which

can be found at the end of this report. This report

also contains our Climate-related Disclosures in

accordance with the External Reporting Board’s

Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards, which

can be found on pages 85-118.

Shareholder and company

information

The company has in place an investor relations

programme to facilitate effective two-way

communication with investors. We aim to build

strong relationships with our shareholders and

investors based on integrity, transparency and trust.

Our intention is to provide shareholders with all

relevant information about the company to enable

them to actively engage with us and exercise their

rights as shareholders in an informed manner.

Shareholder communications

Our Shareholder Communications Procedure

facilitates communication with shareholders

through written and electronic means, and by

facilitating shareholder access to directors,

executive management and our auditors.

This procedure is available on our website:

www.fphcare.com.

We communicate with shareholders through the

following channels:

• investor section of our website

• annual report

• interim report

• annual shareholders’ meeting (ASM)

• webcasts

• regular disclosures on company performance

and news

• disclosure of presentations provided to analysts

and investors during regular briefings, meetings

and roadshows.

Our website

Our website is a core component of our

shareholder communications. We include on

our website a range of information relevant to

shareholders and others concerning the operation

of the company.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

66Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

We provide a webcast of our ASM and

management presentations of financial results.

Webcast details are published on the NZX and ASX

before the event so that shareholders and other

interested parties may participate.

We encourage shareholders to receive their

shareholder communications electronically to help

reduce our environmental footprint and costs.

Direct communication

Shareholders may, at any time, direct questions

or requests for information to directors or

management through our website or by contacting

the relevant officer in charge of investor relations.

These contact details are available on our website:

www.fphcare.com.

We have a comprehensive communication

framework in place so shareholders can receive

communications in a manner that best suits them.

We provide shareholders with the option to receive

communications from, and send communications

to, us and our share registrar electronically.

We offer shareholders the ability to attend our

ASM in person or digitally, including the option

to ask questions through a virtual tool, and to

vote electronically.

ASM and shareholder voting

Our next ASM will be held online at

www.virtualmeeting.co.nz/FPH26 and in person at

our East Tāmaki campus in the Daniell Building, 15

Maurice Paykel Place, East Tāmaki, Auckland, New

Zealand on Tuesday, 25 August 2026 commencing

at 2.00pm (NZST).

Notice of the ASM will be released to the NZX

and ASX and posted on our website, along with a

meeting guide, at least 20 working days prior to

the meeting. We encourage active participation by

shareholders at the ASM, and shareholders may

present questions to engage with the Board and

executive management.

Shareholders have the right to vote on major

decisions which may change the nature of the

company. Each shareholder has one vote per

ordinary share they own in the company, equally

with other shareholders, and may vote at a meeting

in person, or by proxy, representative or attorney.

We offer an electronic voting facility to allow

shareholders to vote ahead of the meeting without

having to attend or appoint a proxy.

Share information

Stock exchange listing requirements

The company’s shares were listed on the NZX Main

Board on 14 November 2001 and on the ASX on

21 November 2001. On 20 June 2016 the company

changed its admission category to an ASX Foreign

Exempt Listing. As part of this change, the

company is still required to comply with the NZX

Listing Rules but is not required to comply with

many of the ASX Listing Rules. For the purposes of

ASX Listing Rule 1.15.3, the company confirms that

it continues to comply with the NZX Listing Rules.

For the purposes of NZX Listing Rule 3.7.1(h), the

company confirms that there has been no public

exercise of powers by the NZX under NZX Listing

Rule 9.9.3.

Current on-market share buy-back

There is no current on-market buy-back of the

company’s ordinary shares. During the year ended

31 March 2026, none of the company’s ordinary

shares were purchased on-market under or for

the purposes of an employee incentive scheme or

to satisfy the entitlements of holders of options

or other rights to acquire ordinary shares granted

under an employee incentive scheme. The company

does not have any restricted securities or securities

subject to voluntary escrow on issue.

Incorporation and limitations on the

acquisition of shares

The company is incorporated in New Zealand and

is not subject to Chapters 6, 6A, 6B and 6C of

the Australian Corporations Act 2001. In general,

securities in the company are freely transferable

and the only significant restrictions or limitations

in relation to the acquisition of securities are

those imposed by the New Zealand Takeovers

Code, the Overseas Investment Act 2005 (NZ),

the Commerce Act 1986 (NZ) and the Companies

Act 1993 (NZ). The company does not impose

additional ownership restrictions.

Credit rating

The company does not currently have an external

credit rating status.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

67Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Distribution of shareholders and holdings

The company only has one class of shares on issue, ordinary shares, each

conferring to the registered holder the right to one vote on any resolution,

and these shares are listed on the NZX and ASX. There are no other classes of

equity security currently on issue. The total number of ordinary shares on issue

as at 31 March 2026 was 587,276,425 shares.

The distribution of shareholdings as at 31 March 2026 was as shown in the table

below:

Size of shareholding

Number

of holders%

Number of

ordinary shares%

1 to 1,00012,44358.45%3,951,1260.67%

1,001 to 5,0006,62431.12%15,333,1392.61%

5,001 to 10,0001,3096.15%9,254,3601.58%

10,001 to 50,0007913.72%14,534,0222.47%

50,001 to 100,000450.21%3,018,1140.51%

100,001 and over760.36%541,185,66492.15%

Total21,288100.00%587,276,425100.00%

The employee share options, rights and PSRs on issue to employees are

disclosed in Note 18 of the financial statements in this annual report. There are

no voting rights attaching to share options, rights or PSRs.

Substantial product holder

According to company records and notices given under the Financial Markets

Conduct Act 2013, the substantial product holders in ordinary shares (being

the only class of quoted voting products) of the company as at 31 March 2026

were as follows:

Substantial product holderDate of notice

Number of

ordinary shares

held as at date

of notice

Holding as a %

of total ordinary

shares on issue as

at date of notice

BlackRock, Inc. and related bodies

corporate

25 Mar 2644,727,6437.62%

AustralianSuper Pty Ltd7 Jan 2641,537,1677.07%

Principal shareholders

The names and holdings of the 20 largest registered shareholders in the

company as at 31 March 2026 were:

Investor name*

Number of

ordinary shares

% Issued

capital 

JPMorgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited  71,210,564 12.13%

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited R601127393 67,120,524 11.43%

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 56,513,111 9.62%

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited R601338998 45,770,290 7.79%

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited R601127385 43,422,137 7.39%

JPMorgan Chase Bank 43,034,426 7.33%

Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd 40,460,585 6.89%

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 33,335,759 5.68%

Custodial Services Limited 19,072,478 3.25%

Apex Custodian Nominees 15,154,403 2.58%

New Zealand Superannuation Fund Nominees Limited 14,159,552 2.41%

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 7,435,141 1.27%

Public Trust 6,798,911 1.16%

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited R601339005 6,774,688 1.15%

Accident Compensation Corporation 6,512,787 1.11%

New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited 6,419,576 1.09%

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 5,269,341 0.90%

Pt Booster Investments Nominees Limited 4,991,279 0.85%

New Zealand Depository Nominee 4,759,019 0.81%

FNZ Custodians Limited 4,083,731 0.70%

* The shareholding of New Zealand Central Securities Depository Limited (custodian for members trading through

NZClear) has been reallocated to the applicable members.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

68Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Other Group information

Principal activities

The company is a world-leading designer,

manufacturer and marketer of products and

systems for use in acute and chronic respiratory

care, surgery and the treatment of obstructive

sleep apnea. There were no significant changes to

the state of affairs of the company or to the nature

of the company’s (or its subsidiaries’) principal

activities during the year ended 31 March 2026.

Use of company information

We did not receive any notices from directors

requesting to use company information received

in their capacity as directors which would not

otherwise have been available to them.

Donations

Please refer to Note 5 of the financial statements in

this report for the Group’s donations in the financial

year to 31 March 2026. The company has a policy

that it does not make political donations.

Entries recorded in the interests register

Except for disclosures made elsewhere in this

report, there have been no entries in the company’s

interests register made during the year ended

31 March 2026.

Other subsidiary company information

No entries were made in the interests register of

any subsidiary during the year ended 31 March

2026.

No employee of the Group who is appointed as

a director of a Group entity receives or retains

any remuneration or other benefits in his or her

capacity as a director. The remuneration and other

benefits of Group employees and former employees

totalling $100,000 or more during the year ended

31 March 2026 are included in the relevant bands

for remuneration disclosed in the Remuneration

section of this report.

During the year ended 31 March 2026, all directors

of subsidiaries were full-time employees of the

Group, with the exception of:

1. Neville Mitchell, who is a director of

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Employee Share

Purchase Trustee Limited

2. Toh Han Nee, who is a director of Highbrook

Insurance Company Pte. Ltd. (Singapore)

3. Basyirah Anuar, who is a director of

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.

(Malaysia)

4. Shanty Putri, who is a director of PT

Fisher and Paykel Healthcare Indonesia

(Indonesia)

5. Paul Shearer, who is a director of

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare SAS (France).

Neville Michell and Paul Shearer do not receive any

remuneration or other benefits for their respective

roles as directors of the above subsidiaries. Toh

Han Nee, Basyirah Anuar and Shanty Putri also

do not receive any remuneration personally for

their respective roles as directors as described

above; however, a management fee is paid to their

respective employers (Marsh Singapore Ltd., Zico

Corporate Services Sdn. Bhd and PT TMF Indonesia).

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

69Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

EntitiesDirectors

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited* (NZ) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Properties

Limited* (NZ)

Andrea Blackie, Andrew Niccol,

Jonathan Rhodes

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Asia Limited (NZ) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Asia

Investments Limited (NZ)

Andrea Blackie, Eloise Jones, James Tuck

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Malaysia Sdn.

Bhd.

Basyirah Anuar, Bryan Peterson, James Tuck,

Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Asia Investments Limited (NZ) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare India Private

Limited

David Boyle, Justin Callahan, James Tuck,

Prashant Kate

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare K.K. (Japan)Bryan Peterson (Representative Director),

James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited (Hong

Kong)

Andrew Niccol, David Boyle, Justin Callahan,

Zhiping Hou

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Supply Chain

Limited (Hong Kong)

Jonathan Rhodes

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Colombo

(Private) Limited (Sri Lanka)

David Boyle, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Bangladesh

Limited

David Boyle, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

PT Fisher and Paykel Healthcare IndonesiaBryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan,

Shanty Putri

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Medical Device

(Guangzhou) Co., Ltd (China)

Andrew Niccol, Deshitha Edirisuriya,

Lyndal York

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Pakistan

(Private) Limited

David Boyle, James Tuck

Group structure

All subsidiary companies in the Group are ultimately 100% owned by the

company. The Group structure and the persons who held office as directors of

subsidiary companies at 31 March 2026 are detailed below.

EntitiesDirectors

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited* owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited* (NZ)Andrew Niccol, Andrew Somervell,

James Tuck

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Treasury

Limited* (NZ)

Andrea Blackie, Rachael Bull,

Raelene Leonard

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Employee

Share Purchase Trustee Limited (NZ)

Neville Mitchell, Nicola Talbot, Rachael Bull

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Asia Limited

(NZ)

Andrea Blackie, Eloise Jones, James Tuck

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Americas

Investments Limited (NZ)

Andrea Blackie, Eloise Jones, James Tuck

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Pty. Limited

(Australia)

Andrew Crouch, David Boyle, Justin Callahan,

Lyndal York

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited (UK)Patrick McSweeny, Samuel Frame

Fisher & Paykel Holdings, Inc. (USA)Andrew Niccol, Justin Callahan,

Steven Wilson

Fisher & Paykel do Brasil Ltda (Brazil)Brazilian law does not require directors.

Decision-making authority lies with the

directors of its shareholders.

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare (Guangzhou)

Limited (China)

David Boyle, Justin Callahan, Andrew Niccol,

Zhiping Hou

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited

(Canada)

Andrew Niccol, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Highbrook Insurance Company Pte. Ltd.

(Singapore)

Grant Gillingham, Lyndal York, Toh Han Nee

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare MEA Limited

(NZ)

Andrea Blackie, Eloise Jones, James Tuck

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance

70Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

EntitiesDirectors

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Americas Investments Limited (NZ) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare S.A. de C.V.

(Mexico)

Andrew Niccol, Lyndal York

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Colombia S.A.S.Legal Representatives: Bryan Peterson,

James Tuck

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Mexico S.A. de

C .V

Bryan Peterson, Justin Callahan, Stuart Grant

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Mexico

Properties S.A. de C.V.

Andrew Niccol, Jonathan Rhodes,

Lyndal York

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Chile SpANo directors. Bryan Peterson and James

Tuck are delegates for the shareholder of the

company (with the power to act individually).

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Peru S.A.C.Bryan Peterson, Justin Callahan, Stuart Grant

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Costa Rica,

S.R.L.

Bryan Peterson, Justin Callahan, Stuart Grant

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited (UK) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare SAS (France)Lewis Gradon, Paul Shearer, Philippe Berardi

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare GmbH

(Germany)

Jon Clausen, Justin Callahan, Patrick

McSweeny

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare AB (Sweden)James Tuck, Justin Callahan, Patrick

McSweeny, Rene Murk

Fisher Paykel Sağlık Ürünleri Ticaret

Limited Şirketi (Turkey)

James Tuck, Justin Callahan, Patrick

McSweeny (the authorised natural person

representative of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

SAS (France), being the corporate director)

Limited Liability Company Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare (Russia)

Anatoly Filippov, Bryan Peterson, James

Tuck, Stuart Grant

EntitiesDirectors

Fisher & Paykel Holdings, Inc. (USA) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, Inc. (USA)Andrew Niccol, Justin Callahan,

Steven Wilson

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare SAS (France) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Romania S.R.L.Bryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Israel LtdBryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare GmbH (Germany) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare (Czech

Republic) s.r.o.

Bryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Poland spółka z

ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością

Bryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare MEA Limited (NZ) owns:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare MEA

Investments Limited (NZ)

Andrea Blackie, Eloise Jones, James Tuck

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare MEA Investments Limited (NZ) owns:

Fisher and Paykel Healthcare Tunisia SARLBryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Nigeria LimitedBryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher and Paykel Healthcare JordanBryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Kenya LimitedBryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan

*Companies operating under a Negative Pledge Deed

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentRisk management

71Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Business risk management

framework

The objective of our risk management process is

to identify, assess, prioritise and inform decisions

to manage uncertainty, both positive and negative.

This is achieved with processes and tools that

support high quality decision-making in complex

and uncertain situations. Where appropriate, we

apply internal assurance to review and validate key

controls and risk assessments.

Our business risk management framework is focused

on deriving competitive advantage through making

better judgements and decisions, guided by ISO

31000 Risk Management principles and guidelines.

The framework helps to ensure we:

• resolve internally identified risks in compliance

with laws and regulations

• plan, make decisions and prioritise opportunities

and threats to strategic objectives and new

product introductions

• respond in a prompt, efficient and effective

manner to future events that create uncertainty

or pose a significant risk

• apply targeted internal assurance activities to

strengthen oversight and good decision-making

and support continuous improvement.

The risk management processes that support this

framework are designed to reflect the dynamics of

our business. They begin broadly with an analysis

of the operating environment and then narrow to

focus on strategy, followed by project execution,

and lastly specific decisions.

Risk analysis

We carry out risk analyses with relevant

stakeholders to support material business decisions

and communicate the findings to key decision-

makers and management. When making a decision,

carrying out a business activity or approving an

initiative, we apply a range of quantitative risk

management techniques to measure and effectively

manage uncertainty.

Business continuity planning

Our goal is to anticipate and plan for potential

crises that may cause a significant disruption to

our business and subsequently impact patients,

customers, products and shareholders. We invest

in preparedness, adaptable systems and strong

core processes that enable effective response when

unexpected events occur.

During the 2026 financial year, we strengthened

organisational resilience through the ongoing

development of our business continuity and crisis

management capabilities:

• progressed business continuity planning for

critical operations

• completed crisis management activities and

reviews, and incorporated learnings into targeted

improvement actions

• advanced business impact analysis and

continuity planning work across key distribution

and operational sites, clarifying critical

processes, recovery priorities, and dependencies.

Our approach to risk management

supports better business decisions,

stronger resilience and sustainable,

long-term performance. Risk

awareness is built into the way we

work, enhancing our ability to adapt,

perform and grow while navigating

uncertainty.

Risk management

Governance of risk

Our Board is committed to its role of ensuring

quality, safety, compliance and effective risk

management. The Board provides oversight of

senior leadership’s management of risk. The

Board meets regularly with key risk management

functional leaders and receives regular reports

from senior representatives on material risk and

mitigation strategies.

The Audit and Risk Committee reports to and

assists the Board by reviewing and ensuring our

business risk management processes (excluding

any risks related to quality, safety and regulatory

functions) can provide reliable information to

the Board on the status of major risks that could

impact our business.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentRisk management

72Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Data governance

Our global digital landscape is designed to support

uninterrupted operations and enable our people to

work effectively and safely. We achieve this through

established procedures for implementing, operating

and securing our digital technologies, and by

collaborating with external authorities to maintain

compliance with applicable regulations.

We promote a culture of shared responsibility and

exercise rigour in selecting digital technologies to

maximise our investments and complement our

culture. We proactively assess the performance and

security of our technology environment to identify

and address risks before they affect operations.

Our Information Security Management System,

encompassing the people, processes and

technology that support it, helps ensure our people

comply with our Digital Technology Policy. This

system is aligned with industry-leading security

frameworks and standards, and its effectiveness

is independently assessed annually by expert

third parties. We leverage internal controls and

risk management processes within our enterprise

Quality Management System (QMS) to support

our technology systems. This includes an ICT

QMS to ensure our data governance meets

robust requirements.

New technologies

We encourage our people to experiment, learn

and innovate with new technologies, including

artificial intelligence (AI). The integration of new

technologies into our processes, systems and

products is governed by our ICT QMS.

Our approach to AI is guided by a formal

governance framework. The AI Steering Committee

is responsible for setting the company’s strategic

direction and approach to AI, while the AI Working

Group provides guidance, education and assesses

AI tools for use across the business. This framework

ensures new tools are assessed for risk, compliance

and alignment with our values prior to deployment.

We provide clear guidance so our people

understand how to protect our intellectual

property, institutional knowledge and data privacy,

while respecting the intellectual property rights and

data privacy of others. A recently completed review

across our ICT systems identified more than 240

distinct AI tools or services in use by our people.

Cyber security

We believe our people are our greatest strength,

and fostering a strong culture of security awareness

is essential to protecting the information we

manage. We establish that security is everyone’s

responsibility and deliver data security and

awareness programmes to employees globally,

empowering them with the knowledge to make

sound decisions that keep data safe. Our cyber

awareness programme provides regular, targeted

training on current cyber security risks and

consistently achieves high levels of engagement

across our business.

A dedicated security team identifies and manages

cyber security risks, monitors for abnormal activity,

and responds to incidents. We also work closely

with specialist external partners who provide

independent expertise and threat intelligence,

strengthening our overall security posture.

We conduct regular incident response exercises

across multiple areas of the business, involving

a range of stakeholders to practise and build

our collective capability. These exercises form

part of our broader disaster recovery, business

continuity and crisis management processes.

Privacy protection

We are committed to acting ethically and doing

the right thing, and care drives our commitment

to privacy. We incorporate privacy principles into

the design of our processes, systems and products

that involve the collection or processing of

personal information.

Our Global Privacy Procedure sets out the

principles that underpin how we collect and

process personal information, including respect and

care, data minimisation, transparency, choice and

control (Privacy by Default), and confidentiality,

integrity and accessibility.

Our Privacy team is responsible for the global

management of our privacy policies and

procedures. They provide risk management support

and deliver training and awareness initiatives to

educate our people about their privacy obligations,

associated risks, and how to appropriately handle

the personal information we collect or process.

Our web-based software application that collects

and stores data from patients’ use of specific

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare devices is certified to

internationally recognised information security

management standards. This application enables

healthcare providers to manage and report on

patients’ device usage and therapy.

WE FOSTER A STRONG CULTURE OF SECURITY AWARENESS ACROSS OUR GLOBAL DIGITAL LANDSCAPE.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentRisk management

73Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Material business risks and strategies to mitigate

After completing our annual risk management processes, we have identified key areas of risk for our business and strategies to mitigate them.

AreaDescriptionStrategies to mitigate

Product quality and

patient safety

Patients are harmed as a result of using

our products. This may result in product

recalls and potentially product liability

litigation

We operate a worldwide quality management system related to the design, testing and manufacture of our

products aligned to ISO 13485:2016 Quality Management Systems for Medical Devices and ISO 14971:2019

Application of Risk Management to Medical Devices. In addition, we monitor customer experience through

post-market surveillance. We are committed to fostering an organisational attitude of product safety and

continuous improvement.

PeopleEmployee attraction, development and

retention

Our approach is to attract skilled people, enabling them to realise their full potential and contribute to

our success over the long term. With ongoing learning options, everyone can take ownership of their

development nurtured by a culture of coaching. Internal career mobility provides growth, leadership and

capability development opportunities. Fair and competitive rewards reflect individual performance and

contribution, role scope and market conditions, alongside a positive and inclusive workplace culture built on

trust and mutual respect, free from bias, discrimination, harassment and bullying.

Health and safetyWork-related injuries or illnessesOur global health, safety and wellbeing standards are aligned with ISO 45001 Occupational Health and

Safety, with greater emphasis on managing critical risks. We design and implement preventative and

recovery risk controls for critical health and safety risks across our global business.

Market accessMaintaining regulatory compliance is

required to market and sell our products

in certain countries

We have regulatory affairs processes, supported by dedicated teams, that enable us to obtain and

maintain product licenses, as well as a quality management system that ensures compliance with

applicable regulatory requirements. We have monitoring steps in place to evaluate the effectiveness of our

programmes, and our executive management team conducts regular management reviews.

Intellectual propertyThird parties asserting IP rights against usWe have a comprehensive patent portfolio across our technologies, and we actively and robustly manage IP

litigation risk. As part of our product development phase, we conduct freedom-to-operate searches during

product design. We monitor competitor patent filings and take action as required.

Sustainable, profitable

growth

Financial performance and management,

and governance

Our financial management policy enables the business to continue uninterrupted operations through

financial controls, financial management and financial integrity. This includes appropriate hedging of

currency risk, maintenance of an adequate supply of capital and financial resources to satisfy the present

and future requirements of the business, and collaboration with applicable regulatory authorities to ensure

their expectations are met.

Business continuityContinuity and quality of product supplyWe actively monitor our end-to-end processes and systems through an internal risk management process

and implement actions to prevent disruption. We use business impact analyses to identify, understand and

quantify the impact of a material disruption across the different aspects of our product supply network,

including to a key facility, location, raw material supply or business process. This approach enables us to

prioritise the most significant potential exposures to the business. It is also aligned with our crisis planning

framework.

Cyber security and

data protection

Cyber security attack resulting in

disruption to operations and data breach

To manage our risk and protect the data entrusted to us, we are constantly reviewing and honing our risk

analysis and control mechanisms to ensure our protections can proactively respond to developing cyber

threats. We continue to use independent reviews to test and identify potential risks to ensure we focus on

the right cyber risks.

For details on climate-related risks and transition planning, refer to our Climate-related Disclosures on pages 85-118.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

74Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Remuneration

Our remuneration approach reflects

our culture and is designed to attract,

reward and retain good people who

contribute to the growth of our business

over the long term.

Letter from Lisa McIntyre,

Chair of the People and

Remuneration Committee

At Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, our intention is to

have good people who contribute the most they

can over the long term. The fundamentals that

enable us to achieve this include supporting and

caring for our people, and providing a safe, healthy

and enjoyable work environment with sustainable

workloads. We are also committed to rewarding our

people fairly based on individual performance and

contribution, the size of their role, market context

and the company’s ability to pay.

We have our own people in 55 countries, and

our remuneration practices reflect our culture,

values and local market conditions. Our employee

remuneration programme consists of a base wage

or salary and a discretionary component providing

the potential for an annual profit-sharing payment

based on relevant company performance. In

certain countries, additional benefits may include

superannuation, paid parental leave, health and life

insurance, and the opportunity to purchase shares

and/or receive long-term variable remuneration in

the form of share options, performance share rights

or employee share rights.

Employees receive base remuneration packages

that are generally benchmarked against similar

positions in companies of comparable size

and complexity. We use industry remuneration

surveys conducted by external experts to help

determine remuneration levels, taking into account

the location of roles. In general, remuneration is

reviewed annually, and our process supports our

intention to pay our people fairly.

The company delivered strong revenue, operating

profit and operating cashflow performance

during the year, which was above the targets set at

the beginning of the financial year. The Committee

did not exercise any discretion when assessing

discretionary annual variable remuneration (DAVR)

and discretionary long term variable remuneration

(DLTVR) outcomes in respect of the 2026

financial year.

At the 2025 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting,

we informed shareholders that the Board had

conducted a review of the company’s DLTVR

plans and, as a result of that review, had approved

minor modifications to the plans. We believe the

updated plans create better alignment in outcomes

for employees and shareholders taking account

of the company’s performance compared to the

markets and industry in which it operates. We do

not currently envisage any material changes to our

remuneration approach for the 2027 financial year.

Lisa McIntyre

Chair, People and Remuneration Committee

LISA MCINTYRE

Chair, People and Remuneration Committee

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

75Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Remuneration governance

The People and Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing and

recommending the company’s approach to remuneration to the Board. This

includes overseeing and regulating remuneration matters related to directors,

and reviewing executive management in consultation with the Chief Executive

Officer. The majority of the Committee’s members are independent and

members of the executive management team only attend Committee meetings

upon invitation.

More details on the role and composition of the People and Remuneration

Committee are available on page 62 of this report and in the People and

Remuneration Committee charter, which is available on the company’s website.

A summary of the company’s Remuneration Procedure is also available on our

website: www.fphcare.com.

Executive remuneration

Executive management remuneration packages consist of a combination of

a fixed remuneration package, a discretionary annual variable remuneration

(DAVR) component, a discretionary long term variable remuneration (DLTVR)

component, and the company-wide profit-sharing payment scheme, as

described further below. Our approach to executive management team

remuneration ensures that a significant proportion of total remuneration

is variable to align the executives more closely to the performance of the

company. The total remuneration earned by executive management is set

out in Note 18 of the financial statements.

Fixed remuneration

All members of executive management receive a fixed remuneration

component based on the scale and complexity of the role, market relativities

and experience, and performance. This also includes any KiwiSaver or other

superannuation contribution.

Variable remuneration

Executive management receive variable remuneration linked to financial and

strategic performance.

Discretionary Annual Variable Remuneration (DAVR)

DAVR is designed to remunerate executive management relative to the

company’s financial performance and non-financial measures, which are the

annual implementation of our long-term plan for sustainable, profitable growth.

Details of our plan are shown on the right.

Performance

period

Paid annually and aligned with financial year

(1 April 2025 to 31 March 2026)

Measures

Financial (80%)

Weighting

Constant currency operating profit45%

Constant currency revenue25%

Constant currency pre-tax operating cash flow10%

Non-financial (20%)

Measures relating to the strategic direction of the company and

environmental and social responsibility initiatives. Non-financial

measures are shared across all members of the executive management

team as the measures involve collaboration and commitment.

Performance

hurdle

The trigger for considering whether to exercise discretion to make any

payment is 90% achievement of at least one of the financial measures.

Payment

calculation

method

Meeting 100% of each financial and non-financial measure results in

payment of 100% of the DAVR amount.

Each financial measure is assessed independently. If the achievement of

a financial measure is less than 90%, 0% achievement will be applied for

that measure.

If the achievement of a financial measure is greater than 120%, 120%

achievement will be applied for that measure.

The DAVR payment amount is adjusted pro-rata, with each 1% above or

below each financial measure resulting in a 2% increase or decrease in

payment.

Target payments

Up to 24% of total remuneration for the CEO/Managing Director.

Maximum

payment

The maximum achievable DAVR which may be awarded is 132% of

the target DAVR at 20% or more over achievement of the financial

measures and achievement of all non-financial measures.

Approval

process

The Board (administered through the People and Remuneration

Committee) has the discretion to alter, amend, replace or withdraw the

DAVR scheme at any time without notice (including during a financial

year).

The Board also retains the ultimate discretion in assessing and

determining any payments under the scheme. As part of that, the Board

has the right to exercise its discretion not to make any payments or to pay

a reduced amount, regardless of whether the measures have been met.

Termination of

employment

Participants will not be entitled to be considered for a DAVR payment

if they cease to be employed by the company prior to the end of

the DAVR year and/or in circumstances where they are under notice

of termination of employment when the DAVR award is under

consideration or paid.

Should a participant leave the company (e.g. due to death, permanent

disability, redundancy or on medical grounds) before they are due to

be considered for a DAVR award, the Board will have discretion as to

whether to pay any DAVR award.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

76Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Key performance summary

The relative weighting of DAVR measures and the target achieved in 2026 are set out below:

MeasuresWeighting% of Target Achieved

Constant currency operating profit45%

Constant currency revenue25%

Constant currency pre-tax operating cash flow10%

Non-financial measures20%

AchievedNumberMeasure

1Health & safety

1Quality

2Environmental & social responsibility

4Long-term strategies

2Manufacturing & operational efficiency

100% of non-financial measures were achieved for the financial year.

Total

Minimum

90%

Minimum

90%

Minimum

90%

Target

100%

Target

100%

Target

100%

Achieved 108% ($565.6M)

Achieved 101% ($2.16B)

Achieved 128% ($760.2M)

Maximum

120%

Maximum

120%

Maximum

120%

Achieved 112%

Target

100%

Maximum

132%

Profit-sharing payment

All our permanent employees, including executive management, who

have worked with us for more than six months, are eligible to receive a

discretionary profit-sharing payment twice per year.

Discretionary Long Term Variable Remuneration (DLTVR)

DLTVR components are designed to align executive management with

shareholder interests over the long term and provide a longer-term employee

retention benefit. The current DLTVR plans available to executive management

are described on the next page. Further information on these and other DLTVR

plans can be found in the Long Term Variable Remuneration section of our

website: www.fphcare.com.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

77Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

2025 Share Option Plan

Options are granted to executive management under the share option plan.

One option provides the right to subscribe for one ordinary share in the

company subject to meeting the vesting conditions.

The provisions as to vesting are as follows:

• On the third anniversary of the grant of the options, the options held by

each holder are each notionally divided into two equal parts, called the

“DJSMDQT Tranche” and the “ASX 200 Tranche”.

• The company determines the total shareholder return (TSR) on the

company’s ordinary shares over the three-year period from the grant of the

options to the third anniversary. That is made up of the change in share

price on the NZX over that period and the impact of dividends over

that period.

• The TSR is then compared to the change over the same period in:

• DJSMDQT Tranche: the Dow Jones US Select Medical Equipment Total

Return Index; and

• ASX 200 Tranche: the S&P/ASX 200 Gross Total Return Index.

• The number (if any) of options that vest is determined in accordance with

the table below:

Performance of TSR against

relevant index

Percentage of Options that vest

TSR less than the return on

relevant index

Nil

TSR exceeds the return

on relevant index by 10

percentage points or more

100%

TSR equal to or exceeds

the return on relevant index

by less than 10 percentage

points

A number calculated in accordance with a formula which

produces a percentage, calculated on a straight-line basis,

between 50% if the TSR is equal to the return on the

relevant index, up to 100% if the TSR exceeds the return

on the relevant index by up to 10 percentage points

2025 Performance Share Rights Plan

Performance share rights (PSRs) are granted to executive management

under the PSRs plan. One share right provides the potential to exercise that

performance share right for one ordinary share in the company at no cost

subject to meeting the vesting conditions.

The provisions as to vesting are as follows:

• On the third anniversary of the grant of PSRs, the PSRs held by each holder

are each notionally divided into two equal parts, called the “DJSMDQT

Tranche” and the “ASX 200 Tranche”.

• The company determines the total shareholder return (TSR) on the

company’s ordinary shares over the three-year period from the grant of

PSRs to the third anniversary. That is made up of the change in share price

on the NZX over that period and the impact of dividends over that period.

• The TSR is then compared to the change over the same period in:

• DJSMDQT Tranche: the Dow Jones US Select Medical Equipment Total

Return Index; and

• ASX 200 Tranche: the S&P/ASX 200 Gross Total Return Index.

The number (if any) of PSRs that vest is determined in accordance with the

table below:

Performance of TSR against

relevant index

Percentage of PSRs that vest

TSR less than the return on

relevant index

Nil

TSR exceeds the return

on relevant index by 10

percentage points or more

100%

TSR equal to or exceeds

the return on relevant index

by less than 10 percentage

points

A number calculated in accordance with a formula which

produces a percentage, calculated on a straight-line basis,

between 50% if the TSR is equal to the return on the

relevant index, up to 100% if the TSR exceeds the return

on the relevant index by up to 10 percentage points

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

78Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

For the DLTVR component of remuneration, executive management are

entitled to choose the proportion of options and PSRs they receive. The rules

of the Share Option Plan and Performance Share Rights Plan were amended

in 2025, and executive management may retain instruments granted under

previous versions of the plan rules. Further information on the previous plan

rules can be found in Note 18 of the financial statements.

Employee Share Purchase Plans (New Zealand and Australia)

Employees based in New Zealand and Australia, including executive

management, can choose to participate in these plans up to the value of

$2,000 with a discount of up to $500, with no interest charged on the loans.

The qualifying period between grant and vesting dates is three years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan (North America)

Employees based in North America, including those members of the executive

management team based in North America, can choose to participate in this

plan up to the value of US$25,000 with a discount of 15% being the lower of

the market price at the date of issue or the market price at the beginning of

the annual offer period. All shares are allocated at the time of issue and vest

immediately.

Participants in the company’s equity-based remuneration schemes are not

permitted to enter into transactions (whether through the use of derivatives or

otherwise) which limit the economic risk of their unvested entitlements. For the

avoidance of doubt, this does not prevent participants entering into financial

arrangements from being able to exercise vested entitlements under any

company equity-based remuneration scheme.

Summary of DLTVR performance

Performance Share Rights

Met vesting

hurdle in FY26?Comment

2020 PSRs


From 4 September 2020 to 4 September 2025,

our TSR performance did not exceed that of the

DJSMDQT, and PSRs did not meet the vesting hurdle

for the third and final performance period and the

PSRs expired.

2022 PSRs


From 7 September 2022 to 7 September 2025, our

TSR performance exceeded that of the DJSMDQT,

and PSRs met the vesting hurdle for the performance

period.

Share Options

Met vesting

hurdle in FY26?Comment

2020 Options


The five-day volume-weighted average price (VWAP)

for the company’s shares did not exceed the escalated

price at the fifth anniversary of the grant date (4

September 2025) and these options did not meet

the vesting hurdle for the third and final performance

period and the options expired.

2021 Options


The five-day VWAP for the company’s shares did not

exceed the escalated price at the fourth anniversary

of the grant date (1 September 2025) and these

options did not meet the vesting hurdle for the

second performance period.

2022 Options


The five-day VWAP for the company’s shares

exceeded the escalated price at the anniversary of

the grant date (7 September 2025) and these options

met the vesting hurdle for the performance period.

Five-year summary of TSR performance

The chart below shows our total shareholder return (TSR) compared with the

performance of the DJSMDQT Index and the S&P/ASX 200 Index over the

previous five years. From 7 September 2022 to 7 September 2025, our TSR

performance exceeded that of the DJSMDQT, and PSRs met the vesting hurdle

for the first performance period. From 4 September 2020 to 4 September

2025, our TSR performance did not exceed that of the DJSMDQT, and the PSRs

did not meet the vesting hurdle for the final performance period and the PSRs

expired. The S&P/ASX 200 Index tranche is approaching its first measurement

period in September 2026.

0.00

20.00

40.00

60.00

80.00

100.00

120.00

140.00

160.00

March 26March 25March 24March 23March 22March 21

Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare

Corporation Limited

Dow Jones U.S.

Select Medical

Equipment total

Return Index

S&P/ASX 200 Index

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

79Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

CEO remuneration arrangements and outcomes

Remuneration structure

The CEO remuneration structure is consistent with the executive management remuneration structure described previously. The CEO remuneration target and

maximum total remuneration mix for the 2026 financial year are set out below.

CEO remuneration granted mix

CEO remuneration outcomes

YearFixed remunerationDiscretionary annual variable remuneration realised (DAVR)

2

Discretionary long term variable remuneration realised (DLTVR) Total remuneration

Base salary

(NZD)

Other benefits

1


(NZD)

Earned

(NZD)

Amount earned

as a % of

maximum award

(NZD)

Total cash-based

remuneration earned

(NZD)

Number of

shares issued

upon exercise

Vesting –

% of maximum

3

Market price

upon exercise

(NZD)

Total

DLTVR

4


(NZD)

Fixed remuneration

+ DAVR earned +

DLTVR vested (NZD)

FY261,953,219 31,539 1,224,751 85% 3,209,510 119,71029%$38.414,598,199 7,807,709

FY251,841,334156,5981,125,00582%3,122,93869,60930%$37.912,638,8135,761,751

1 Other includes superannuation contributions and life, trauma and income protection insurance.

2 DAVR represents what was earned for the financial year. DAVR value includes any company-wide profit-sharing payment.

3 Calculated as the number of DLTVR instruments that vested and were exercised by the CEO during the relevant performance period, divided by the total number of DLTVR instruments held by the CEO that were tested during that performance

period.

4 DLTVR in the table represents what was realised during the financial year, and reflects performance of the business over the past three years.

CEO remuneration granted

Salary

(NZD)

Other

1


(NZD)

Fixed

remuneration

subtotal

(NZD)

DAVR

granted

2


(NZD)

DLTVR

awarded

3

(NZD)

Total

remuneration

awarded

(NZD)

FY261,953,21931,5391,984,758 1,033,000 1,272,721 4,290,479

FY251,841,334156,5981,997,932988,2601,212,1094,198,301

1 Other includes superannuation contributions and life, trauma and income protection insurance.

2 DAVR represents what was granted for the financial year at 100% of target. This DAVR value excludes any

company-wide profit-sharing payments.

3 DLTVR includes Share options and PSRs awarded during the financial year. In 2026, Lewis Gradon was granted 64,214

PSRs (2025: 31,549 PSRs and 85,480 Share options). Share options and PSRs granted in the 2025 and 2026 financial

years will vest, if the performance criteria are met in the 2028 and 2029 financial years respectively. Details of the plans

and valuation methodology are set out in Note 18 of the financial statements.

DLTVR

DAVR

Fixed

$0.0

Maximum total

remuneration

Target total

remuneration

Fixed remuneration

Millions

$1.0

$2.0

$3.0

$4.0

$5.0

100%46%42%

24%

31%

30%

27%

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

80Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

DAVR achieved in 2026

The DAVR financial targets achieved are set out in the Executive remuneration section on page 75. During the 2026 financial year, the CEO achieved 112% of his

DAVR target. The DAVR earned in the 2026 financial year is 16% of total remuneration received.

PSRs granted to the CEO (as at 31 March 2026)

Awarded during the

reporting period

PSRs

lapsed

during the

reporting

period

PSRs vested during the reporting period

Shares issued during the

reporting period

Balance

of PSRs at

31 March

2026Grant name

PSR award

date

Vesting

date

Balance

of PSRs at

31 March

2025

PSRs

awarded

Market

price

at award

PSRs

vested

Market

price

at vesting

date

Vesting

date

Shares

issued

Market

price

at issue

dateIssue date

2025 - PSRs4 Sep 20254 Sep 2028 –64,214 $37.13 – – – – – – –64,214

2024 - PSRs11 Sep 202411 Sep 202731,549 – – – – – – – – –31,549

2023 - PSRs12 Sep 202312 Sep 202649,250 – – – – – – – – –49,250

2022 - PSRs7 Sep 20227 Sep 202556,749 – – –56,749 $37.89

7 Sep

202556,749 $38.43

10 Sep

2025 –

2020 - PSRs4 Sep 2020

4 Sep 2023

to 4 Sep 202522,178 – –22,178 – – –– – – –

Share options granted to the CEO (as at 31 March 2026)

Awarded during the

reporting period

Options

lapsed

during the

reporting

period

Share options vested and exercised during

the reporting period

Shares issued during the

reporting period

Balance of

options

at 31 March

2026Grant name

Options

award date

Vesting

date

Balance of

options at

31 March

2025

Options

awarded

Market

price

at award

Share

options

vested and

exercised

Market

price

at vesting

date

Vesting

date

Shares

issued

Market

price

at issue

dateIssue date

2024 - Options11 Sep 202411 Sep 202785,480 – – – – – – – – –85,480

2023 - Options12 Sep 202312 Sep 2026113,177 – –– – – – – – –113,177

2022 - Options7 Sep 20227 Sep 2025128,771 ––– 128,771 $37.89

7 Sep

202562,961 $38.41

11 Sep

2025–

2021 - Options1 Sep 2021

1 Sep 2024

to 1 Sep 202673,633 –– –– – – – – – 73,633

2020 - Options4 Sep 2020

4 Sep 2023

to 4 Sep 202569,931 –– 69,931 – – – – – – –

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

81Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Severance arrangements

Within a period of two years following a change in control of the company,

and upon either written notice from the CEO or termination of the CEO’s

employment for any reason (excluding serious or repeated misconduct or

demonstrable and prolonged poor performance), the company will pay to the

CEO the sum of one year’s total fixed remuneration in addition to any other

compensation that may be payable to the CEO pursuant to the terms and

conditions of his employment.

Other than in the event of a change of control in the company, there are no

general severance arrangements for the CEO.

CEO/employee pay ratio

At the balance date, the CEO’s base salary of $1,953,219 was 31 times that of

the median global employee remuneration figure of $62,109. The CEO’s total

remuneration (including DLTVR earned, not granted) was 71 times that of the

mean employee total remuneration.

Gender pay equity

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare has been reporting on gender pay equity since 2017.

Gender pay equity is about making sure people are paid fairly regardless of

their gender. We continue to monitor this on a regular basis across our global

locations. For full details on our like-for-like gender pay gap and overall gender

pay gap, refer to page 39 of this report.

Remuneration bands

The tables opposite show the remuneration (inclusive of the value of other

benefits) totalling $100,000 or more received by employees or former

employees in the 2026 financial year. This includes global employees, and

offshore remuneration amounts have been converted into New Zealand dollars,

using the average spot rate for the 2026 financial year. This does not include

the CEO, who is a director of the company.

The tables include salary and wages, discretionary profit-sharing payment

and discretionary annual variable remuneration (DAVR) paid during the 2026

financial year. They also include the fair value of discretionary long term

variable remuneration (DLTVR) as expensed in the period.

Remuneration band

(NZD)

Number of

employees

100,000 – 110,000366

110,001 – 120,000254

120,001 – 130,000235

130,001 – 140,000229

140,001 – 150,000181

150,001 – 160,000159

160,001 – 170,000113

170,001 – 180,000107

180,001 – 190,000104

190,001 – 200,00083

200,001 – 210,00061

210,001 – 220,00052

220,001 – 230,00035

230,001 – 240,00038

240,001 – 250,00036

250,001 – 260,00034

260,001 – 270,00034

270,001 – 280,00033

280,001 – 290,00028

290,001 – 300,00028

300,001 – 310,00021

310,001 – 320,00017

320,001 – 330,00020

330,001 – 340,00012

340,001 – 350,00011

350,001 – 360,00010

360,001 – 370,00011

370,001 – 380,000 9

380,001 – 390,00010

390,001 – 400,000 3

400,001 – 410,000 6

410,001 – 420,000 7

420,001 – 430,000 8

430,001 – 440,000 7

440,001 – 450,000 2

Remuneration band

(NZD)

Number of

employees

450,001 – 460,000 7

460,001 – 470,000 3

470,001 – 480,000 6

480,001 – 490,000 4

490,001 – 500,000 2

500,001 – 510,000 2

510,001 – 520,000 3

520,001 – 530,000 1

530,001 – 540,000 2

550,001 – 560,000 1

570,001 – 580,000 1

580,001 – 590,000 3

590,001 – 600,000 2

600,001 – 610,000 1

620,001 – 630,000 2

640,001 – 650,000 2

650,001 – 660,000 2

660,001 – 670,000 2

670,001 – 680,000 1

710,001 – 720,000 1

740,001 – 750,000 1

750,001 – 760,000 2

780,001 – 790,000 1

840,001 – 850,000 1

860,001 – 870,000 1

900,001 – 910,000 1

1,000,001 – 1,010,000 1

1,050,001 – 1,060,000 1

1,060,001 – 1,070,000 1

1,100,001 – 1,110,000 2

1,410,001 – 1,420,000 1

1,450,001 – 1,460,000 1

2,270,001 – 2,280,000 1

2,340,001 – 2,350,000 1

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration

82Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Non-executive directors’ remuneration

Remuneration strategy

The People and Remuneration Committee is responsible for establishing and

monitoring remuneration policies and guidelines for directors. This enables us

to attract and retain directors who contribute to the successful governing of

the business and create value for shareholders.

We also take advice from independent consultants and take into account fees

paid to directors of comparable companies in New Zealand and Australia as

part of our assessment of the appropriate level of remuneration of directors.

The maximum total monetary sum payable by the company by way of

directors’ fees is $1,750,000 per annum as approved by shareholders at the

Annual Shareholders’ Meeting held in August 2023. Independent remuneration

benchmarking was provided by Mercer. A summary of the report is available on

the company’s website: www.fphcare.com.

Executive directors are not entitled to receive any remuneration solely in their

capacity as directors of the company. Non-executive directors do not take a

portion of their remuneration under an equity security plan; however, directors

Director remuneration received in the 2026 financial year

Director Board Fees $

People and Remuneration

Committee $

Quality, Safety and

Regulatory Committee $

Audit and Risk Committee

$

Overseas Director

Allowance

2

$ Total Remuneration $

Neville Mitchell 350,122 – – – 55,575 405,697

5


Michael Daniell 155,610 19,503 30,875

1

– – 205,988

Pip Greenwood

3

63,000 7,896 – 7,896 – 78,792

Lisa McIntyre 155,610 30,875

1

– 19,503 24,700 230,688

5


Graham McLean 155,610 – – 19,503 24,700 199,813

5


Mark Cross 155,610 – – 39,005

1

– 194,615

Cather Simpson 155,610 – 19,503 – – 175,113

Anna Curzon

4

26,460 ––––26,460

1,217,632 58,274 50,378 85,907 104,975 1,517,166

1 Designates Chair of Committee.

2 Directors based outside New Zealand are paid an allowance associated with attendance at Board and Committee meetings in a different country or time zone and to reflect local pecuniary practices.

3 Pip Greenwood retired from the Board with effect at the beginning of September 2025.

4 Anna Curzon was appointed to the Board with effect at the beginning of February 2026.

5 Remuneration for Neville Mitchell, Lisa McIntyre and Graham McLean is set in NZD but paid in AUD at the prevailing exchange rate at the date of payment.

may hold shares in the company. Details are set out on page 63 of this report.

It is our policy to encourage directors to acquire shares on-market. No non-

executive director is entitled to receive a retirement payment.

Approved director remuneration

The current non-executive directors’ fees, including a breakdown of Board fees

and Committee fees, are set out in the table below. The table at the bottom

of this page outlines the fees received by non-executive directors in the 2026

financial year. The fees payable are determined based on the time commitment

and responsibilities of each role.

Fees per annumChair $Member $

Board of Directors 357,210 158,760

People and Remuneration Committee31,500 19,898

Quality, Safety and Regulatory Committee 31,500 19,898

Audit and Risk Committee39,795 19,898

During the 2026 financial year, there were no additional fees or benefits earned that do not relate to services as a non-executive director. In addition, non-executive

directors were not issued shares or DLTVR instruments as part of their remuneration during the financial year.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironment

83Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Environmental stewardship

Environmental stewardship is fundamental to

the way we approach and care for the natural

environment. We recognise the importance of

operating our business efficiently and responsibly,

considering our impact on climate, water, forests,

biodiversity and natural ecosystems.

Environmental Management System

Our Environmental Management System

(EMS) is externally audited each year against

the international standard ISO 14001 and is a

key framework in enabling our environmental

sustainability approach across our business

operations. Through the EMS, we integrate and

follow formal processes within our operations

to review and monitor environmental risks and

identify opportunities to improve our environmental

performance. All our manufacturing sites are ISO

14001 certified, and we continue to drive efforts

toward operating more efficiently and sustainably.

Our intention is to create a positive

lasting impact on society and the

environment. While improving

patient outcomes, we also have

a responsibility to operate our

business efficiently and responsibly,

caring for the natural environment.

Environment

Our commitment

Our commitment and intentions toward the

environment are outlined in our Environmental &

Social Responsibility Policy, which has been

embedded across our business and posted publicly

on our website: www.fphcare.com.

We seek to validate and verify our environmental

performance, comply with laws and regulations

relating to environmental responsibility and operate

in a way that contributes to a lasting positive

impact on the environment, enabling a more

sustainable future.

We continue to measure our carbon emissions

(as reported in our Climate-related Disclosures on

pages 85-118), and track other key environmental

metrics, including waste management, recycling

and water usage.

Our environmental commitments and practices are

governed and overseen by our Board, under the

guidance of the Audit and Risk Committee.

OUR EMPLOYEES HELPED CLEAN UP THE ECOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT TĀMAKI ESTUARY, WHICH BORDERS OUR EAST TĀMAKI CAMPUS

IN AUCKLAND, NEW ZEALAND.

Nature and ecosystems

We aim to achieve a positive impact on nature and

ecosystems, minimising the conversion of natural

ecosystems, and promoting their restoration and

maintenance in our direct operations.

In New Zealand, we are working on the restoration

of waterways at our Karaka site to improve water

quality and hydrology, support the migration of

native wildlife species, improve biodiversity and

build resilience to climate change. We also engaged

with community stakeholders at our East Tāmaki

and Karaka campuses, and continue to develop

our understanding of the environmental risks and

opportunities that are local to our manufacturing

operations.

We support responsible forest management,

including the adoption of traceability standards for

the forest commodities we use in our operations.

We promote sustainable sourcing and consumption

of forest risk commodities through eco-efficiency

and the use of wood fibre products approved by the

Forest Stewardship Council for our shipping boxes.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleWhat matters mostSuppliersCommunitiesProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironment

84Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Water

We promote water efficiency in our company

operations. Across our New Zealand and Mexico

sites, we apply good water stewardship practices,

such as rainwater harvesting, closed-loop water

systems and water recycling. For our operations

in Tijuana, Mexico, we have assigned specific

responsibilities for water efficiency, recognising that

this is a water-scarce region.

Each year we measure and report metrics on

our water usage, so that we can identify ways to

improve our performance. Of our total water use,

our New Zealand campus accounted for 64%, our

Mexico campus accounted for 33%, and our global

sites accounted for the remainder.

WaterFY24FY25FY26

Water usage

(cubic metres)

136,923129,586149,875

Planting days at Karaka campus

Over 150 employees and their families and

friends pitched in over two planting days

in July and August 2025 to safeguard the

environment at our future campus in Karaka,

New Zealand. The group planted over 1,600

plants across 22 native species.

Designed to support the restoration of the

Oiroa Stream and wetland area at the site,

these additional native plants will protect

these valuable ecosystems and provide food

and shelter for local wildlife species including

insects, bats, fish, reptiles and birds.

1,616

NATIVE PLANTS

PLANTING AT KARAKA

150+

VOLUNTEERS

EMPLOYEES AND THEIR FAMILIES PLANTED NATIVE

SPECIES TO RESTORE THE OIROA STREAM AT OUR

KARAKA CAMPUS IN NEW ZEALAND.

Recycling

Each year we measure and report metrics on waste

diverted from landfills so that we can understand

the efficiency of our recycling programmes. We

are also exploring new opportunities and emerging

technologies with our service providers that could

increase diversion of waste from landfill in the

future.

Waste and recyclingFY24FY25FY26

Global waste diverted to

landfill (tonnes)

1,3481,6941,836

NZ recycling efficiency

(% waste diverted

from landfill)

59%53%50%

Global recycling efficiency

(% waste diverted

from landfill)

53%53% 55%

Promoting sustainability

Our volunteer-led Green Team includes

hundreds of employees committed to

encouraging environmental sustainability.

During the 2026 financial year, Green Team

members led a wide range of initiatives

focused on waste reduction, environmental

awareness and ecosystem restoration.

In New Zealand, employees volunteered to

clean up the ecologically significant Tāmaki

Estuary, which borders our East Tāmaki

campus. Collected rubbish data was recorded

using Litter Intelligence, a national litter

monitoring programme, to support wider

litter prevention efforts.

We also held our annual Makerspace Repair

Café, where expert volunteers helped extend

the life of 18 household items, diverting 31

kilograms of waste from landfill.

The annual Green Award event recognised

employee Nigel Coleman for his contribution

to more sustainable product development.

Guest speakers from the Sustainable Business

Network shared insights on the importance of

nature for people and business.

In China, our manufacturing team explored

local biodiversity at the Yau Ma Shan Forest

Park in Guangzhou. Our Mexico teams

organised a clothing swap, native plant

giveaways and a visit to the local composting

facility to observe sustainable waste

management.

A MAKERSPACE

MEMBER FIXING A BIKE

AT THE REPAIR CAFÉ

HELD IN NEW ZEALAND.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance report

85Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

CLIMATE-

RELATED

DISCLOSURES

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
GovernanceRisk managementStrategyTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportAbout our disclosures

86Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

As part of our commitment to creating a positive lasting

impact on society and the environment, we recognise the

need to mitigate and adapt to a changing climate both

now and in the decades to come. Embedded into our

global Environmental & Social Responsibility Policy is our

commitment to innovate to enable a more sustainable

future, and the knowledge that our actions today impact

future generations.

These climate-related disclosures are representative of

a large body of work occurring across the business to

identify, consider and assess climate-related risks and

opportunities, and integrate them within our broader risk

management framework and strategic business planning.

We see the disclosure process as iterative, whereby

we commit to improving the depth and quality of our

disclosures over future reporting periods.

These climate-related disclosures, dated 25 May 2026, have been

approved by the Board and signed on behalf of Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare Corporation Limited by Neville Mitchell, Board Chair, and Mark

Cross, Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee.

About our disclosures

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited is a climate-reporting entity

under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. This is our third set of climate-

related disclosures under the External Reporting Board’s (XRB) Aotearoa

New Zealand Climate Standards (NZ CS). The disclosures cover the period

of 1 April 2025 to 31 March 2026 and include Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

Corporation Limited and its subsidiaries.

These climate-related disclosures comply with NZ CS, applying Adoption

Provision 2: Anticipated Financial Impacts (paragraphs 12-14 of NZ CS 2). This

provides an exemption in the first, second, third and fourth NZ CS reporting

periods from the requirements to disclose the anticipated financial impacts of

climate-related risks and opportunities, a description of the time horizons over

which the anticipated financial impacts could reasonably be expected to occur,

and (if relevant) an explanation as to why quantitative information cannot

be disclosed.

The principles outlined in climate-related disclosures should not be considered

a prediction of future financial or non-financial performance. These statements

are subject to a range of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and

assumptions, many of which lie outside of our control.

Our climate scenarios were developed based on current assumptions and

projections using information available at the time of development. There is

inherent uncertainty within each scenario – they are not intended to provide

a complete or accurate forecast of future events. The climate risks and

opportunities identified may not eventuate and, if they do, the actual impacts

and consequences are likely to be significantly different to what is set out in

this report.

Mark Cross

Chair, Audit and Risk

Committee

Neville Mitchell

Board Chair

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresRisk managementStrategyTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportGovernance

87Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Governance

Governance and management of climate-related risks and opportunities

Sustainability Team

Responsible for the performance of our global Environmental Management

System, which includes climate-related risks, and educating and working with

the business on environmental sustainability initiatives.

Risk Advisory

Supports the business to make informed decisions using a range of risk

management techniques to identify, analyse and prioritise uncertainty.

Climate Working Group

Supports the business to identify, assess and manage climate-related risks and

opportunities through risk management techniques, including scenario analysis;

implements the transition planning framework; and is responsible for preparing

climate-related disclosures.

R&D Carbon Reduction Governance Group

Guides R&D carbon reduction framework development to support product

groups with embedding Ecodesign processes, identifying opportunities to

minimise the environmental impact of our products.

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Board

The Board is responsible for the overall governance and oversight of our environmental and social responsibility practices, including ultimate responsibility

for strategic direction and consideration of the risks and opportunities presented by climate change.

Audit and Risk Committee

The Committee supports the Board’s governance of climate-related risks and opportunities. It oversees and monitors the environmental and

social risk management framework and record of performance, environmental management, assurance and carbon reduction programmes, transition plan,

climate-related targets and disclosures programme.

Executive Management Team

The Board assigns the management of climate-related risks and opportunities to the executive management team. Members of the executive team are responsible

for implementing the Environmental & Social Responsibility Policy and for identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities.

The team reports to the Audit and Risk Committee and the Board, covering climate-related issues as required.

Environmental Stewardship Committee

The Committee provides strategic oversight of climate and environmental sustainability matters, guiding the implementation of sustainability initiatives

aligned with business strategy and long-term planning, and monitoring progress against sustainability targets.

Business Units

Business units are responsible for day-to-day management of climate-related risk, identifying metrics and actions to monitor and mitigate risks and implementing

sustainability strategies aligned with the Board-approved annual business and long-term plans. They are supported by the following teams:

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresRisk managementStrategyTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportGovernance

88Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Directors’ climate capabilities

and understanding

The Board draws upon expertise from the executive

management team, the Sustainability team, the

Climate Working Group and other subject matter

experts within the business, which informs their

understanding of climate change and its impacts

on our business and operations. The Board attends

our annual Ecodesign Expo, where teams from

around the business showcase how they are

embedding sustainability considerations into the

product design process.

The directors also obtain insight and education

from external experts and gain experience

through their involvement in other businesses

and industries, and in governance roles on other

boards. A number of directors are members of

Chapter Zero, a governance group hosted by the

Board and management

oversight

The Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Board receives

regular updates from executive management

on climate-related and group-wide risk

matters throughout the year and considers

recommendations from the Audit and Risk

Committee. Climate-related risks and opportunities,

and specific environmental objectives, are also

reviewed when the Board approves annual business

plans, and our long-term business plan, which

assesses our business model, global operations and

strategy across a 15-year period. Business plans

and the long-term plan are approved on an annual

basis. The Board meets eight times per year, with

additional reporting provided as required.

The Audit and Risk Committee receives regular

briefings from executive management and subject

matter experts on climate and environmental

sustainability matters. It meets at least four

times per year, with climate and environmental

sustainability as a standing agenda item, and

reports to the Board following each meeting.

The Environmental Stewardship Committee

comprises the Chief Executive Officer, Chief

Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Vice

President – Corporate, Vice President – Network

Design, Facilities, Infrastructure & Sustainability,

and Vice President – Products & Technology. The

Committee met on three occasions during the

2026 financial year.

Institute of Directors. This is the New Zealand

chapter of the global Climate Governance Initiative

which was established to support World Economic

Forum’s Climate Governance Principles for boards

of directors. Chapter Zero provides directors with

climate awareness and skills, so they can bring

climate considerations to the fore of boards’

decision-making processes.

Further details relating to the Board and the

Audit and Risk Committee, including the Board’s

background, skills and experience can be found in

the Governance section of the annual report from

page 59.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceStrategyTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportRisk management

89Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Risk management

Our process for managing

climate-related risks

The purpose of our risk management process

is to identify, assess and prioritise uncertainty

to improve the quality of our decision-making.

Managing climate-related risks is part of our overall

sustainability strategy and risk management

framework, the output of which is reviewed by

the Board, the Audit and Risk Committee and the

executive management team annually.

Climate-related risks have been considered a

key area of risk for our business, and we have

prepared voluntary disclosures, aligned with the

recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-

related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), as part of the

annual report since 2020.

As part of our annual process:

• We perform scenario analysis, as appropriate.

Refer to ‘Scenario analysis process’ at page 91

for further details.

• We identify transitional and physical climate-

related risks, considering the timeframe over

which the risks may eventuate, and assess their

materiality and impact on our business.

• Our business units and executive management

assess and review identified climate-related risks.

We do not prioritise climate-related risks

independently from other material business risks.

• We document and manage climate-related risks

through integration with the wider business

units, feeding into key processes like our

Environmental Management System (ISO 14001)

and business continuity planning.

Each year we continue to improve our climate-

related risk management process and build our

capability in aligning our climate-related risk

management processes and scenario analyses with

strategic business planning cycles.

Integration within the

wider business

Business units are responsible for:

• day-to-day management of climate-related risks

• identifying metrics, where relevant, to monitor

the risks

• identifying actions to mitigate the risks

• implementing sustainability strategies which are

aligned with the Board-approved annual

business and long-term plans.

The climate-related identification and assessment

processes described above feed into and

inform how we work to mitigate and adapt to

climate change. For further information, refer to

‘Developing a climate-resilient business model’

section of these climate-related disclosures at

page 98.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportStrategy

90Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Strategy

Our purpose is to improve care and outcomes

through inspired and world-leading healthcare

solutions. We do this by continuously striving to

improve our products, changing clinical practice by

using our expertise to develop new therapies and

reduce costs to healthcare systems.

Long-term thinking is at the core of our sustainable,

profitable growth model. It can take many years

to bring a new healthcare product to market

and achieve changes in clinical practice – this

necessitates foresight, discipline and careful

planning.

This is evidenced across the business, in how we

invest in R&D, scale our infrastructure and global

operations, and collaborate with partners. These

elements are highlighted in our business model and

strategy. For more details on our business model,

refer to page 19 of the annual report entitled ‘How

we deliver value’.

Our focus on the long term is also reflected in our

intention to create a positive lasting impact on

society and the environment.

Current climate-related impacts

During the 2026 financial year, climate change impacted our business in the following ways.

Physical impacts

There has been no material physical

impact on our operations or wider product

supply network for this reporting period.

We continue to monitor and assess

vulnerabilities as part of our climate-related

risk management processes.

Transitional impacts

We continued to assess future climate-

related reporting and requirements in

markets where we operate in addition to

complying with our obligations under the

NZ CS.

We responded to an increasing number

of requests regarding our sustainability

initiatives and carbon footprint from our

global customers. Topics of interest included

green technologies in our operations (i.e.

renewable energy, process waste) and

sustainable design of our products (i.e.

energy efficiency, bio-based material

exploration).

Current climate-related impacts are not financially

material, and do not expose the business to

material climate-related vulnerabilities.

This section does not include work done to

implement our transition plan. For information

on our transition plan, refer to ‘Developing a

climate-resilient business model’ on pages 98-102.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportStrategy

91Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Continuous improvement

Key improvements identified for subsequent reporting periods include:

• Continue refining financial impact analysis to

support risk and opportunity analysis and

quantification of anticipated financial impacts.

• Improve the breadth and depth of the data,

expanding the risk modelling and categories

of physical risk, and understanding

vulnerabilities in our distribution (freight/

shipping) infrastructure.

• Integrate climate-related risk management

processes and the climate scenario analysis

with strategic business planning cycles.

• Continue engaging with a broader range of

people within the business, to build

awareness and visibility of the climate-related

scenario analysis and to enrich our

understanding of climate-related impacts.

• Improve our ability to understand the climate-

related risks of our suppliers and customers,

which is currently limited by the availability

of their own data and information.

• Strengthen insights into healthcare data

and the impacts of climate change on

demographics and healthcare system

responses.

Scenario analysis process

During the 2024 financial year, we established

our scenario analysis process, which was a stand-

alone process to identify climate-related risks and

opportunities and did not form part of our existing

risk management processes.

The core purpose of our scenario analysis was to

consider the key questions of “How could climate

change plausibly affect our business model and

strategy?” and “What should we do and when?”.

The answers to these questions currently inform the

incorporation of future, plausible climate risks and

opportunities into our strategic business planning.

For further details of our scenario analysis

process, refer to ‘Supplementary information’ on

pages 109-113.

During the 2026 financial year, we reviewed our

climate scenarios, narratives and scenario workshop

analyses to assess whether updates were required.

We determined that the analysis from 2024

remained relevant for the 2026 financial year.

Building on work undertaken in the 2025 financial

year, we have further refined our approach to

quantifying the financial impacts of climate-related

risks and opportunities. This analysis led to a

reassessment of our anticipated climate-related

risks and opportunities through a more detailed

evaluation of the interdependencies between

hazard, exposure and vulnerability. As a result of

this refined assessment and recognising limitations

in data availability and inherent uncertainty

in some areas, certain risks and opportunities

have been aggregated or excluded from our

current disclosures where they were assessed

as not materially distinct or not expected to

result in a stand-alone financial impact under the

scenarios assessed.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportStrategy

92Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Scenario 1: OutpatientScenario 2: Emergency DepartmentScenario 3: High-Dependency Unit

In the outpatient scenario, rapid climate action sees

the world achieve net zero by 2050 and reach the

stated Paris Agreement goal – a 1.5°C temperature

increase above pre-industrial levels. This has been

selected as a plausible scenario to test how we

would respond in a rapidly decarbonising and

transitioning landscape.

In the emergency department scenario, a

disorderly transition makes net zero unattainable

by 2050 as emissions rise above current levels,

resulting in temperature increase by 2.7°C from

pre-industrial temperature by 2100. This has been

selected as a plausible scenario to challenge our

business model, given the effects of variable

customer preferences and the impact on market

access.

In the high-dependency unit scenario, global

cooperation efforts falter and self-interest actions

prevail. This leads to emissions approximately

doubling, resulting in a 3.6°C increase in global

temperature and significant climate and weather

impacts. This has been selected as a plausible

scenario to test how we would respond in a highly

volatile and physically impacted world.

1.5°C

Global temperature increase peaks at 1.5°C by the

year 2050, before settling to 1.4°C in 2100.

2.7°C

Global temperature increase by the year 2100.

3.6°C

Global temperature increase in 2100.

SSP1* is described as ‘Sustainability – Taking the

Green Road’.

SSP2* is described as ‘Middle of the Road’.SSP3* is described as ‘Regional Rivalry – a Rocky

Road’.

6.9B

Global population in 2100.

9.0B

Global population in 2100.

12.6B

Global population in 2100.

2.2%

OECD GDP growth to 2100 (CAGR), compared

with a historical (prior 50 years) growth rate of

2.5%.

2.1%

OECD GDP growth to 2100 (CAGR), compared

with a historical (prior 50 years) growth rate of

2.5%.

1.3%

OECD GDP growth to 2100 (CAGR), compared

with a historical (prior 50 years) growth rate of

2.5%.

Climate-related risks and

opportunities

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare has built a global

business by identifying a difficult medical problem

and designing an innovative solution. A changing

climate will present challenging problems, and

we will respond by collaborating and innovating.

For that reason, we view some of the impacts of

climate change as risks and opportunities at the

same time.

Time horizons

Risks and opportunities are considered across

three defined time horizons: Short, Medium

and Long Term.

Short Term – within the next five years

Medium Term – between five and 15 years

Long Term – 15 years and beyond

Our climate scenarios

We have identified anticipated climate-related

risks and opportunities, including impacts, time

horizons and potential management responses and

strategies, across three climate scenarios described

below – Outpatient, Emergency Department and

High-Dependency Unit.

* SSP – Shared Socioeconomic Pathway. See page 109 for more information.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportStrategy

93Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Anticipated Transitional Risks and Opportunities

Scenario 1: Outpatient | 1.5ºC

Global customer demand for low-carbon products

TIME HORIZON: SHORT – MEDIUM – LONG TERM

DescriptionAnticipated ImpactPotential Response

As global decarbonisation accelerates, we expect

customers to increasingly require low-carbon products

to align with evolving regulatory and policy objectives

and customer preference. This is likely to necessitate a

rapid transition of our products and therapies toward

lower-carbon alternatives, including the use of more

sustainable materials (e.g. bio-based plastics) and

enhanced energy-efficient design. We anticipate that

the pace of global transition will also drive increased

investment and technological innovation, potentially

incentivising new market entrants and intensifying

competition within the medical device sector.

R&D product development: In the short to medium term,

maintaining market access may require prioritisation

of R&D activities to develop lower-carbon variants of

existing products, in response to evolving customer

expectations, regulation and policy ambition. This

near-term reallocation of resources may limit capacity

for broader innovation, potentially delaying the

development and commercialisation of new products in

the short to medium term.

Increase in competition: In parallel, accelerated

investment in low-carbon technologies and innovation

across the sector is expected to intensify competition.

Increased competition at product category and regional

levels may place pressure on pricing and market share,

with potential implications for achieving long-term

growth objectives and sustaining competitive advantage.

• Accelerate our R&D low-carbon initiatives such as:

»Increasing and/or reprioritising investment in R&D

»Monitoring development of sustainable

technologies and materials by suppliers,

competitors and other innovators.

• Continue to analyse and monitor customer

requirements and compliance obligations and

integrate into our long-term business planning.

• Apply appropriate patent protection to innovative

low-carbon technology and product design.

To effectively respond, we have assumed that medical

device regulators would have enabled regulatory

processes to efficiently approve and validate the use

of sustainable materials in products.

TRANSITIONAL OPPORTUNITY

If we can innovate and develop novel and patent-protected technology ahead of our competitors, we could gain a

competitive advantage.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportStrategy

94Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Scenario 2: Emergency Department | 2.7ºC

Divergent customer requirements leading to additional complexity

in product design and production

TIME HORIZON: SHORT – MEDIUM – LONG TERM

DescriptionAnticipated ImpactPotential Response

We expect market requirements related to

decarbonisation to evolve unevenly in the short to

medium term, with some markets committing to carbon

reduction and environmentally sustainable goals,

while others remain less aligned. To maintain access to

markets that prioritise carbon reduction over this period,

we anticipate the need to ensure relevant products are

designed to have lower-carbon impacts, are energy

efficient, and incorporate sustainable materials, while

maintaining our existing product portfolio and pipeline.

Market access: In the short to medium term, failure to

adapt products to meet low-carbon requirements in

transition-leading markets could constrain our ability to

maintain market access in those jurisdictions.

Operational and cost: Over the short to medium term,

catering to differing customer and market requirements

may increase production and supply chain complexity,

including through the use of different materials and

manufacturing processes, leading to higher operational

costs and greater variability in the cost base.

Margin, market share and growth: Where customers are

unwilling to absorb the additional costs associated with

lower-carbon products, our ability to recover increased

costs may be constrained in the short to medium term,

placing pressure on gross and operating margins. If

we are unable to effectively manage this divergence in

market requirements and stabilise our cost base, this

could adversely affect our ability to maintain market

share and achieve our long-term aspirational growth

trajectory.

• Focus R&D to meet market requirements. Assess

adequacy of investment in low-carbon technology

and sustainable materials.

• Consider whether low-carbon and Ecodesign R&D will

be applied to existing and new products in markets

impacted, or whether priority would be given to new

product development only.

• Consider opportunities for all new products across all

markets to be designed for a low-carbon impact and

made from sustainable materials.

• Refine strategy to monitor customer and market

requirements.

• Evaluate any variance in cost base to execute

a product strategy to meet different market

requirements (including R&D implications).

• Assess and manage cost/pricing strategies to ensure

we can maintain sustainable, profitable growth.

• Evaluate network design strategy and the

geographical mix of manufacturing output to

optimise operational costs.

TRANSITIONAL OPPORTUNITY

If we can develop products that cater to this divergence ahead of our competitors, we could gain a competitive

advantage.

Our ability to realise this opportunity is dependent on external factors, including:

• Medical device regulators enabling frameworks to efficiently approve and validate the use of sustainable materials

in products

• Availability and cost of sustainable materials

• Acceptance of sustainable products by healthcare professionals and proving efficacy and clinical outcomes.

Time horizons:

Short to medium term for early competitive advantage in transition-leading markets, with potential longer-term

benefits if divergence in market requirements persists.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportStrategy

95Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Scenario 3: High-Dependency Unit | 3.6ºC

Protectionist policies and trade barriers impacting our product supply network

TIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM

DescriptionAnticipated ImpactPotential Response

In a more volatile and physically impacted global

environment, we expect increased competition

for critical natural resources. We anticipate that

governments may respond by adopting more

protectionist policies to safeguard domestic resources

and economic resilience, including through the

introduction of trade barriers. Due to the global nature

of our operations, these developments could affect both

our upstream raw material supply and downstream

distribution networks.

Raw material supply: Increased competition for

resources and protectionist trade measures may reduce

access to source resins and other critical raw materials

required for manufacturing.

Cost: Resource scarcity and heightened competition for

inputs are expected to contribute to higher raw material,

shipping and energy costs, placing sustained pressure on

our cost base.

Logistics and distribution: Policy and regulatory

restrictions may impact our ability to distribute finished

goods to customers in a timely and reliable manner.

Market access and supply chain resilience: Over

the long term, the combined effects of raw material

scarcity, trade restrictions and increased competition for

resources could affect the resilience of our end-to-end

product supply network, with potential implications for

continuity of production, customer service levels, and

our ability to maintain market access across key regions.

• Hold additional raw material inventory to mitigate

supply volatility due to anticipated material shortages

and delays.

• Assess planned R&D activities and determine an

appropriate level of investment in sourcing/testing/

developing alternative raw materials.

• Continual surveillance of our supplier network to

identify supplier vulnerabilities and implement

proactive mitigation to maintain continuity of

raw material supply (e.g. dual sourcing, capacity

planning).

• Increase surveillance to monitor protectionist trends/

developments as well as awareness around global

resource availability e.g. fossil fuels, energy, resins.

• Increase monitoring of material cost and availability

as a reduction in availability or increase in cost can

indicate potential trading shifts.

• Assess the resilience of our global product supply

network, considering a regionalised strategy to

improve proximity to supplier and market.

• Consider the viability of maintaining our current

product suite at its current size and complexity, when

operating across a highly diverse and distributed

network.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportStrategy

96Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Anticipated Physical Risks

Scenarios: Outpatient, Emergency Department and High-Dependency Unit

Key risk: Increase in adverse weather events impacting our ability to supply products

Across the three scenarios, the effects of climate change will result in an increase in acute and chronic weather events. Due to our global footprint, we anticipate

that a number of our locations may be impacted, our ability to manufacture at current locations will be impacted and our global supply chain disrupted.

The severity and frequency of these weather events and their associated impact is dependent on the climate scenario. Outpatient scenario presents the least

significant impact in comparison to the Emergency Department scenario and the High-Dependency Unit scenario presents the most significant impact.

Inability of our people to get to workTIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM

DescriptionAnticipated ImpactPotential Response

Climate change is expected to increase the frequency

and severity of acute weather events, alongside

the progressive impacts of chronic physical climate

hazards, across our global operations, creating an

anticipated impact on our people’s ability to safely

access workplaces, particularly at our manufacturing

sites in East Tāmaki, New Zealand and Tijuana, Mexico.

In New Zealand, storms, flooding and sea-level rise may

disrupt transport infrastructure and reduce workforce

accessibility over time. In Tijuana, rising temperatures

and more frequent heat extremes may affect workforce

health, commuting, and strain local infrastructure.

If acute or chronic climate-related hazards restrict

our people’s ability to attend work, this could directly

affect manufacturing operations and the distribution of

products to patients globally. While our current business

continuity and operational resilience arrangements

enable us to absorb short-term, unplanned periods

of disruption without materially impacting output, an

increase in the frequency, duration or cumulative impact

of such events could lead to extended or recurring

interruptions. Over time, this may challenge our ability to

consistently manufacture and distribute products from

these sites.

• Assess our global inventory cover levels to mitigate

potential disruptions.

• Assess production allocation across our network.

• Assess workforce and production impact with

increased employee absenteeism due to weather

disruption.

• Monitor and understand the impacts and flow-on

effects for our people due to weather disruption.

Damage to infrastructureTIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM

DescriptionAnticipated ImpactPotential Response

Due to our global footprint, some of our locations

and owned infrastructure may be exposed to acute

and chronic physical climate hazards, including more

frequent and severe weather events. These hazards

have the potential to damage buildings, inventory, fixed

assets, utilities and supporting infrastructure critical to

our operations. While current climate risk modelling

indicates strong resilience across our key assets under

current assumptions, climate science and hazard

projections continue to evolve.

Impacts would be most material if they affected our

manufacturing sites in New Zealand and Tijuana, Mexico,

given their role in our production and distribution

network. Physical damage from climate-related events

could disrupt operations, reduce manufacturing capacity,

and affect product distribution through downtime,

increased maintenance costs, or longer-term constraints

where impacts are recurring.

• Continue to refine site selection criteria based on

improved climate modelling.

• Broaden analysis on severe weather events across our

network.

While existing resilience and continuity measures

support short-term disruption management, more

severe or repeated events could challenge efficient and

sustainable operations over time.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportStrategy

97Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Resilience of our Tijuana operationsTIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM

DescriptionAnticipated ImpactPotential Response

Climate change is expected to drive chronic increases in

average temperatures and more frequent heat extremes

in Tijuana, Mexico, creating an anticipated impact on

the resilience of our manufacturing operations. Rising

temperatures are likely to place additional pressure on

local electricity and water infrastructure, particularly

given existing water scarcity in the region. Maintaining

safe and effective working and manufacturing conditions

may require increased use of cooling and climate control,

while higher temperatures may also increase the risk of

electricity disruption and constrain water availability.

Sustained heat and resource constraints could increase

operational costs and lead to temporary disruption,

reduced efficiency or unplanned downtime. While

current controls and contingency arrangements

support short-term disruption management, ongoing

temperature-related stress on regional infrastructure

may, over time, challenge the reliability and consistency

of manufacturing output if not appropriately managed.

• Decrease our reliance on external utilities required

to operate our Tijuana facilities.

• Continue to build resilience in our water-use

approach at our Tijuana facilities.

• Consider network design strategy.

Significant disruptions to our supply chain networkTIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM

DescriptionAnticipated ImpactPotential Response

We anticipate that an increase in the frequency and

severity of acute physical climate events, alongside

chronic climate hazards, will cause significant disruption

across our global supply chain network. Physical impacts

such as sea-level rise, coastal flooding and severe

storms are expected to disrupt key freight and logistics

corridors, including both maritime and road transport

networks.

These hazards may result in temporary or prolonged

freight lane closures, reduced or constrained port access,

and disruption to logistics and distribution infrastructure.

In addition, climate-related impacts on our suppliers may

affect their ability to reliably provide raw materials and

services, increasing the risk of delays or shortages across

the supply chain.

Disruption to transport routes, port operations and

supplier production capacity could adversely affect

our ability to source raw materials and ensure the

timely export and delivery of finished goods to global

customers. There is a heightened exposure for our

New Zealand manufacturing site, given its geographic

distance from key suppliers and end markets and its

reliance on long-distance international freight and port

infrastructure.

Supply chain disruption across our broader network

could reduce operational flexibility, increase lead times

and drive higher logistics and input costs as alternative

routes, suppliers or transport modes are required. If

disruptions become more frequent or prolonged, this

could challenge our ability to meet customer demand

reliably and may have broader cost and service impacts

across the business.

• As part of our current product supply processes, we

would increase inventory levels across our network

and within market to mitigate any unexpected sea

freight delays, ensuring timely delivery of product

to customers.

• Increase our air freight allocation to provide an

alternative mode of transport when delays/challenges

are experienced with sea freight. (We anticipate

increased cost associated with air freight which

may become increasingly challenging to recover

if economic conditions deteriorate).

• Broaden analysis on severe weather events across our

network, assess the impact on product/distribution

flow and improve business continuity planning

initiatives.

• Assess resilience of our supply chain and need for

a localised/regionalised strategy.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportStrategy

98Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Developing a climate-resilient

business model

We recognise we have a responsibility

to care for the natural environment

while we pursue our business goals.

Climate change is a growing concern among our

customers, investors and our own people. Climate

change will negatively impact future generations –

including the quality of life and health outcomes of

patients. Our approach is to operate our business

in a resilient, efficient and responsible manner while

improving care and outcomes for patients and

creating a positive lasting impact on society and

the environment.

The work we have done to plan and prepare for

the future has allowed us to mitigate some of the

current impacts of climate change and reduce their

effect. The different potential climate futures that

lie ahead will provide both risks and opportunities

for businesses, and with this will come significant

uncertainty. How climate change will impact our

business, including the risks and opportunities

presented, will need to be regularly monitored and

reviewed so that we can continue to maintain a

resilient business.

We recognise it is important that we strive for

continuous improvement, to mitigate and adapt

to climate change, like we do in all areas of our

business.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportStrategy

99Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

OUR APPROACH TO TRANSITION PLANNING

Identify opportunities to minimise the

environmental impact of our products

and operations, increase our business

resilience and enable sustainable,

profitable growth

Integrate transition planning into

our long-term business planning and

include implementation plans into our

annual business planning cycles

Understand the impact of climate

change on our business through

scenario analyses and develop

potential ways to respond and

manage risks

CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT TO ENABLE TRANSITION AND BUILD RESILIENCE

LONG-TERM FOCUS

Operate our business in a resilient, efficient and

responsible manner, while improving care and outcomes

for patients and creating a positive lasting impact on

society and the environment.

RESPONSE TO CLIMATE CHANGE

Ecodesign in R&DDecarbonisationProduct supply network design

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportStrategy

100Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Ecodesign in R&D

We intend to embed environmental considerations

into product development as a means of minimising

the environmental impacts of a product throughout

its full life cycle. We want to reduce total global

carbon emissions and enable our customers to

do the same. We see carbon intensity as a design

challenge that requires a deep understanding of

the impact of our operations and therapies on

total carbon emissions. We aim to continuously

improve our knowledge and internal guidance on

low-carbon materials, life cycle assessments and

clinical impact and facilitate collaboration across

R&D teams.

We understand that embedding Ecodesign is

a medium to longer term objective given the

nature of product development and our product

life cycles. Monthly meetings on Ecodesign

enable our product teams to stay up to date with

sustainable design requirements and projects, share

learnings on customer sustainability requests, new

sustainable material options, carbon footprint, life

cycle assessment (LCA) and design for recyclability.

As we continuously improve our approach, we are

piloting internal processes which would enable

our R&D engineers to adopt Ecodesign thinking,

identify Ecodesign opportunities and make

informed decisions during the design phase for

all new product development projects.

Ecodesign Expo 2025

During the 2026 financial year, we hosted

our fifth annual Ecodesign Expo in New

Zealand with over 250 attendees, including

members of the Board and the executive

management team. This employee-led event

showcases how sustainable design thinking

is put into action across the business.

The focus is on improving care and

outcomes and minimising total global

carbon emissions from our operations,

products and their impact on patient care.

Some of the featured initiatives explored

sustainable packaging, low-carbon material

selection and design, and LCAs to drive

informed decision-making.

Ecodesign Trophy

The Ecodesign Trophy is awarded to

a sustainable product or packaging

development initiative, recognising a

meaningful employee-led contribution

toward minimising total carbon emissions

whilst improving patient care and outcomes.

Following the Expo, the trophy went to the

Infant Care team for integrating Ecodesign

thinking early in the design process and

identifying opportunities to reduce carbon

emissions. We continue to encourage our

R&D engineers on their sustainable design

journey.

CEO LEWIS GRADON DISCUSSING ECODESIGN

IMPROVEMENTS AT THE EXPO.

WINNERS OF THE 2025 ECODESIGN TROPHY

WITH OUR SENIOR LEADERS.

OUR TARGET FOR ECODESIGN

All new product development

projects to embed Ecodesign

processes by 2030.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportStrategy

101Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Decarbonisation

Over the years we have identified a number of

carbon reduction initiatives across the business.

These initiatives have informed the development

of our carbon reduction plans as we work towards

net zero CO

2

e by 2050, aligned with the goals of

the Paris Agreement to limit global warming to

1.5 degrees Celsius.

In addition to Ecodesign, we consider carbon

impacts and sustainability objectives when

assessing our infrastructure, operations and supply

chain.

Key initiatives include:

• Implementing renewable energy infrastructure

at our manufacturing sites, such as installation

of solar arrays to help reduce our emissions.

• In the near term, investing in renewable energy

certificates in New Zealand; and in the medium

to long term, exploring renewable energy

solutions for our manufacturing sites and

strategic sites overseas.

• Using electric and hybrid vehicles across our

sales operations. The transition to an electric

fleet is dependent on the availability of

supporting charging infrastructure and enabling

government policy settings, including incentives

and regulatory support at a local and regional

level.

• Focusing on the materials we source and the

supplier practices that have a significant impact

on our carbon footprint. Through our ESR

engagement programme, we collaborate with

suppliers to continuously improve performance,

raise standards across our global network, and

educate and support them to create better

outcomes, including the reduction of carbon

emissions.

• Adopting low-carbon freight options, routes and

transport types.

We continue to build our understanding of how

carbon impacts our business. We do not currently

use an internal emissions price to manage climate-

related risks and opportunities.

Carbon targets

We are committed to building a resilient business

and actively reducing our carbon emissions.

Our approach to climate action continues to

evolve as we strengthen our understanding of

how environmental impacts intersect with our

operations, products and therapies.

During the 2026 financial year, we undertook a

comprehensive review of our carbon footprint,

emissions reduction activities, and existing targets,

including an assessment of emissions reduction

opportunities that we can directly influence, as well

as those driven by external factors.

As a result of this review, we transitioned away

from setting targets aligned to the Science Based

Targets initiative (SBTi) and adopted an internally

developed target framework. This approach enables

a more tailored and practical focus on areas where

we can reasonably influence outcomes and drive

meaningful environmental progress, reflecting

the nature of our business activities and the life

cycle impacts of our products and therapies.

Consequently, our carbon targets are no longer

aligned with SBTi.

OUR CARBON REDUCTION TARGETS BY 2030

Deploy 10 megawatts solar capacity

across our New Zealand and Mexico

manufacturing sites.

80% of suppliers by emissions, covering

purchased goods and services, will have

carbon reduction initiatives in place.

80% of suppliers by emissions, covering

upstream transportation and distribution,

will have carbon reduction initiatives in

place.

Together with our Ecodesign programme, these

commitments support carbon reduction efforts that

align with how we operate, enabling us to prioritise

actions that deliver meaningful emissions reductions.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportStrategy

102Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Product supply network design

We also consider climate-related impacts when

assessing our network design, operations,

manufacturing and supply chain as we build

resilience.

Network design

Our approach is to develop a global network that

can respond to customer and market requirements,

enables innovation and builds resilience. Climate-

related impacts are considered during site selection

and when building new infrastructure.

Operations

We build resilience by implementing water

treatment and re-use systems in water-scarce areas

such as Tijuana, Mexico, and integrating solar arrays

into our infrastructure in New Zealand and Mexico,

to grow our solar-generated electricity capacity

over time.

Manufacturing

We seek to continually improve efficiency and

utilisation within our operations to reduce waste

in our manufacturing operations.

Supply chain

We develop our understanding of key supplier

vulnerabilities and collaborate with suppliers

through our ESR engagement programme, and

gain insights into weather events and how they

impact our supply chain.

Capital deployment

and investment

Alignment with capital deployment

and funding processes

Climate-related risks and opportunities are

considered when deploying capital and making

funding decisions in relation to projects that:

• support our decarbonisation efforts, including

renewable energy infrastructure and purchasing

renewable energy certificates

• build resilience in our manufacturing

infrastructure, including our water treatment

plant at Tijuana, Mexico.

We do not set specific long-term climate-related

targets for capital deployment and therefore do

not use a specific capital deployment metric to

manage climate-related risks and opportunities.

Instead, climate-related risks and opportunities

are considered as relevant within broader

capital deployment and investment decisions,

alongside other strategic, operational and financial

considerations across the business.

Investment in climate-related

initiatives

Investment in R&D is fundamental to how we

deliver value and ensure we can develop better

technology that enhances patient care. We

consistently invest in R&D, and through our

Ecodesign programme, our R&D investment aims

to minimise the environmental impacts of our

products.

During the 2026 financial year, we continued to

invest in activities that support our transition

planning and strengthen climate-related resilience

across the business. While these activities are

meaningful in advancing our sustainability

approach, they are not currently considered

financially material.

Key areas of progress include:

• Solar expansion at East Tāmaki, New Zealand:

Installation of approximately 5.5 megawatts (MW)

of rooftop solar capacity commenced during the

2026 financial year. The installation is being

delivered under a power purchase agreement,

with an option for us to purchase the arrays in

the future. This will be one of the largest rooftop

solar arrays in New Zealand.

• Renewable energy assessment for Tijuana,

Mexico: During the 2026 financial year, we

assessed renewable energy options for our

Mexico operations. This work confirmed the

feasibility of expanding our existing 0.5 MW

rooftop solar installation, with relevant

regulatory approvals expected to be progressed

in the next financial year.

• Investment in data capability: We continued to

strengthen our carbon and environmental data

capabilities to improve our understanding of

climate-related impacts and support informed

decision-making across the business.

ROOFTOP SOLAR PANELS BEING INSTALLED AT OUR EAST TĀMAKI,

NEW ZEALAND CAMPUS IN THE 2026 FINANCIAL YEAR.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportTargets and metrics

103Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Targets and metrics

Climate-related targets

TargetKey considerations, limitations and dependenciesPerformance and commentary

Deploy 10 MW solar capacity across our New Zealand

and Mexico manufacturing sites.

Base Year: FY26

Target Year: FY30

The target relates to installed solar capacity, not

generation output.

Delivery depends on site-specific regulatory, planning,

grid connection, technical and economic factors, as well

as equipment availability. On-site solar is not expected to

fully meet operational energy demands.

5.5 MW system installation is in the final stages of

completion at our site in East Tāmaki, New Zealand.

In Tijuana, Mexico, we currently have a 0.5 MW solar

installation.

80% of suppliers by emissions, covering purchased

goods and services, will have carbon reduction initiatives

in place.

Base Year: FY26

Target Year: FY30

The target focuses on high-emissions suppliers within

purchased goods and services, with resin suppliers

prioritised due to their material impact.

Delivery depends on supplier capability to measure

and reduce emissions, data availability and quality, and

external regulatory and market conditions. Limitations

include reliance on self-reported data and tracking the

presence – not effectiveness – of reduction initiatives,

with progress varying by supplier type and geography.

Purchased goods and services (category 1) is a significant

contributor to our Scope 3 emissions.

Engagement is managed through our supplier ESR

engagement programme, with Tier 1 suppliers prioritised.

This is followed by a phased extension to Tier 2

suppliers, including upstream raw material providers,

as capability, visibility and influence improve.

80% of suppliers by emissions, covering upstream

transportation and distribution, will have carbon

reduction initiatives in place.

Base Year: FY26

Target Year: FY30

This target prioritises suppliers responsible for most

upstream transport emissions.

Delivery is constrained by supplier capability and data

quality, limited lower-emission alternatives, and the

pace at which viable low-carbon transport technologies

become commercially available, particularly for

long-distance sea freight and air freight to and from

New Zealand.

Upstream transportation and distribution (category 4)

is a notable contributor to our Scope 3 emissions.

Engagement is prioritised for freight and logistics

suppliers through our ESR engagement programme.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportTargets and metrics

104Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

TargetKey considerations, limitations and dependenciesPerformance and commentary

All new product development projects to embed

Ecodesign processes.

Base Year: FY26

Target Year: FY30

The target applies to new product development projects,

focusing on where design decisions can be influenced

early for the most meaningful impact.

Embedding Ecodesign thinking requires integration

into established R&D processes. Design decisions will

continue to be informed by patient safety and clinical

outcomes.

Integrating Ecodesign is influenced by regulatory

requirements and technical feasibility considerations.

Achievement of the target is dependent on resource

prioritisation and availability.

Use of sold products (category 11) is the largest source of

our Scope 3 emissions. This is largely influenced by the

energy mix of the grids in markets where our products

are used. Consequently, improvements in product energy

efficiency may deliver limited reductions in this category.

Our Ecodesign programme will support life cycle

emissions reductions, so we anticipate opportunities to

reduce our Scope 3 footprint, with impacts expected to

be most evident and meaningful within purchased goods

and services (category 1).

We are developing an Ecodesign framework, which

includes a set of tools and standardised guidance

designed to enable R&D teams to apply sustainable

considerations into the design thinking and product

development processes.

Currently piloting internal processes which would

enable our R&D engineers to adopt Ecodesign thinking,

identify Ecodesign opportunities and make informed

decisions during the design phase for all new product

development projects.

All product packaging to be designed for recyclability.

Designed for recyclability means selecting materials and

packaging formats which are most readily recyclable.

Base Year: FY26

Target Year: FY30

This target relates to packaging design for recyclability,

not actual end-of-life recycling outcomes.

Progress is dependent on testing, validation of

alternative materials and approvals.

Delivery depends on regulatory pathways – which may

differ by jurisdiction and timing – supplier capability and

access to recyclable materials, and global consistency in

design standards to assess recyclability.

Recycling infrastructure availability varies by region and

is outside of our control and therefore is not reflected in

this target.

We are required to comply with the EU Packaging and

Packaging Waste Regulation (PPWR), which mandates

that all packaging be recyclable by 2030. We are

leveraging the work undertaken to meet this European

requirement across the global markets in which our

products are sold.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportTargets and metrics

105Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Climate-related metrics

MetricMethodology and assumptionsCommentary

GHG emission intensity (tonnes CO

2

e/revenue NZ$M)Calculated using Scope 2 market-based methodology in

accordance with the GHG Protocol Scope 2 Guidance.

FY24: 146.7

FY25: 138.9

FY26: 122.2

GHG emission intensity has decreased compared to

the prior financial year, largely driven by an increase in

revenue.

Purchase of certified renewable energy certificates – in

respect of electricity consumed at our New Zealand sites

New Zealand Energy Certificates (NZ ECs) are acquired

through the New Zealand Energy Certificate System

(NZECS) platform operated by BraveTrace. Issuance and

redemption of NZ ECs are performed in accordance with

the NZECS rules

1

. NZECS certificates adhere to criteria

for the market-based approach to emissions allocation

as defined by the GHG Protocol Scope 2 Guidance.

FY24: NZ ECs were redeemed in respect of 28,578,000

kWh of renewable energy generated from the Benmore

hydro station, owned and operated by Meridian Energy.

FY25: NZ ECs were redeemed in respect of 29,563,000

kWh of renewable energy generated from the Benmore

hydro station, owned and operated by Meridian Energy.

FY26: NZ ECs were redeemed in respect of 30,380,000

kWh of renewable energy generated from the Benmore

hydro station, owned and operated by Meridian Energy.

R&D spendInvestment in Ecodesign activities are included within

the total R&D spend. We do not separately allocate R&D

spend to Ecodesign initiatives.

FY24: 11% of operating revenue spent on R&D

FY25: 11% of operating revenue spent on R&D

FY26: 10% of operating revenue spent on R&D

Executive management’s discretionary annual variable

remuneration (DAVR)

DAVR includes non-financial measures which have a 20%

weighting. Refer to the ‘Executive remuneration’ section

of the annual report on page 75 for further details.

During the financial years 2024, 2025 and 2026,

environmental measures supporting decarbonisation

were included within the DAVR non-financial measures.

1 For further details on the BraveTrace programme, refer to https://bravetrace.co.nz/renewable-electricity/

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportTargets and metrics

106Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Physical and transitional risk and opportunity metrics

Our understanding of vulnerabilities and opportunities identified through climate scenario analyses continues to evolve. We view the assessment of business

exposure as closely linked to the financial modelling of anticipated financial impacts, for which we have applied NZ CS Adoption Provision 2. As we continue to

develop our approach to metrics, the information below provides insight into the extent to which our business activities are vulnerable to climate-related risks and

aligned to climate-related opportunities.

Metric MethodologyLimitationsRisks and opportunities

Manufacturing capacity

potentially exposed to physical

climate risk

The metric is calculated using manufacturing

volume (by revenue) as a proxy for manufacturing

capacity. Our New Zealand and Mexico sites

are prioritised due to their significance to our

production footprint and the greater level of

control we have over risk management. Exposure

is assessed on a forward-looking basis, informed

by the physical impacts disclosed under our

Outpatient, Emergency Department and High-

Dependency Unit climate scenarios, to identify

sites that may become exposed to heightened

physical climate risks over medium to long term

time horizons. The metric is intended to highlight

location-based vulnerability, rather than predict

specific impacts or losses.

For the 2026 financial year, we manufactured

approximately 55% of our volume (by revenue) in

New Zealand and 45% of our volume (by revenue)

in Mexico. This represents current manufacturing

split between New Zealand and Mexico and is not

indicative of future manufacturing capacity.

This metric is forward-looking and

scenario-based, reflecting potential future

exposure rather than current operational

vulnerability. Manufacturing volume (by

revenue) is used as a proxy for capacity

and does not capture differences in

site-level resilience, adaptive measures or

mitigation actions. Outcomes are subject

to uncertainty in climate projections,

the timing and severity of physical

hazards, and future adaptation and risk

management decisions at site level.

Physical risks:

• Inability of our people to get to work

• Damage to infrastructure

• Resilience of Tijuana operations

Proportion of revenue impacted

by climate- and trade-related

supply chain risks; market share

(Developing metric)

This developing metric is intended to measure

the proportion of revenue impacted by supply

chain risks, including raw material and component

sourcing, and logistics that are assessed as

exposed to climate-related physical impacts,

resource scarcity, or trade and protectionist risks.

It is intended to inform assessment of medium to

long term exposure to rising input, energy and

freight costs, and potential impacts on supply

chain resilience and cost stability.

The metric is expected to be informed by internal

costing, supplier location and logistics data, and

could incorporate credible assessments of climate,

resource and trade-related risks by sourcing

region.

The classification of raw materials,

suppliers and logistics flows as

climate- or trade-exposed is subject to

significant uncertainty due to evolving

physical climate impacts, geopolitical

developments and policy responses, as

well as limitations in the availability and

granularity of internal cost and supplier

data. As a result, this metric is disclosed

as developing and is intended to provide

directional insight rather than quantify

anticipated financial impacts.

Physical risk:

Significant disruptions to our supply

chain network

Transitional risk:

High-Dependency Unit scenario -

Protectionist policies and trade barriers

impacting our product supply network

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportTargets and metrics

107Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Metric MethodologyLimitationsRisks and opportunities

Proportion of markets with

public, formalised low-carbon

product requirements

(Developing metric)

This developing metric measures the percentage

of our markets where customer, regulatory or

policy expectations favour or require lower-

carbon, energy-efficient or sustainably designed

medical products.

This metric is used to monitor the extent of

decarbonisation requirements across markets.

This metric is expected to potentially reflect an

assessment of markets with identified customer,

regulatory or policy expectations for lower-carbon

products, based on reasonable and supportable

internal assessments and external regulatory

and policy information. It is intended to be

used to monitor markets rather than to quantify

anticipated financial impacts.

There is limited data availability, evolving

market requirements and uncertainty

regarding product applicability across

markets. This significantly impacts our

ability to calculate this metric reliably.

As such it is disclosed on a descriptive

basis only, until data matures and there is

greater clarity externally.

As at 31 March 2026, the only market

which has expressly indicated low-

carbon product requirements is the

United Kingdom. These requirements are

still under development and subject to

consultation with industry.

Transitional risk:

Outpatient and Emergency Department

scenario - Demand for low-carbon

products

The ability to develop a quantitative metric for climate-related opportunities, capturing innovation-led competitive advantage, is limited by the forward-looking

and uncertain nature of technology development and market evolution. In particular, uncertainty regarding which regions and product categories will adopt

divergent regulatory and customer requirements, and the timing of such changes, limits the reliability of any single metric at this time. We will continue to review

whether a metric can be developed as market signals, regulatory clarity and internal data maturity improve.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyTargets and metricsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance reportGreenhouse gas emissions

108Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

We have been measuring our greenhouse gas

(GHG) emissions since 2012. Over this time, we

have progressively improved our measurement

processes, including the use of more relevant

activity data and refined our approach to reporting

emissions to better reflect our business operations.

1 For the 2024 financial year, a verification engagement was performed by

Toitū Envirocare (acting through Enviro-mark Solutions Limited). A

verification report was issued in accordance with ISO 14064-3:2019 and the

requirements of the Toitū carbonreduce programme. For more information

on the assurance outcome of the verification engagement, refer to the Toitū

carbonreduce statement on our website: www.fphcare.com.

2 During the 2026 financial year, our methodology was refined to normalise

emissions data by the number of leased vehicles, rather than the number of

employees. This change would have resulted in ~280 tCO

2

e being allocated

in the 2025 financial year to countries where no vehicles were leased.

3 The increase in Scope 2 (location-based) emissions was driven by a

combination of increases in the New Zealand MfE grid and Mexico IEA

emission factors and a 5% increase in electricity consumption (kWh).

See page 114 for further details.

4 During the 2026 financial year, the construction work on the fifth building

on our East Tāmaki site has continued, resulting in an increase in emissions

relating to capital goods.

5 During the 2026 financial year, we revised our methodology to remove

optional indirect use-phase emissions associated with the manufacturing of

medical gases. This change would have resulted in the reduction of ~21,000

tCO

2

e from the number in the 2025 financial year. See page 115 for further

details.

6 GHG emission intensity is calculated using total GHG emissions

(market-based) divided by operating revenue (NZ$M). GHG emission

intensity metric has only been subject to PwC assurance procedures in the

2026 financial year. See pages 116-118 for further details.

7 GHG emission intensity has decreased when compared to the prior two financial

periods, with emissions increasing at a lower rate than revenue growth.

GHG emissions (tonnes CO

2

e)FY24

1

FY25FY26

Scope 1Total Scope 12,0132,2951,739

2

Scope 2Total Scope 2 (location-based)14,29313,23216,729

3

Scope 2 (market-based)12,25312,40614,247

Scope 3Total Scope 3241,420266,044266,077

Category 1: Purchased goods and services80,07188,22090,168

Category 2: Capital goods11,0646,89324,916

4

Category 3: Fuel and energy related activities1,5524,9096,698

Category 4: Upstream transportation and distribution21,82022,65126,334

Category 5: Waste generated in operations1,108858992

Category 6: Business travel7,76913,6909,812

Category 7: Employee commuting8,2257,5547,688

Category 9: Downstream transportation and distribution2,088590677

Category 11: Use of sold products102,013117,24995,516

5

Category 12: End of life treatment of sold products5,7103,4303,274

Total GHG emissions (location-based)257,726281,571284,545

Total GHG emissions (market-based)255,686280,745282,063

GHG emission intensity (tonnes CO

2

e/revenue NZ$M)

6

146.7138.9122.2

7

Assurance of GHG emissions

PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) has provided

independent, third-party limited assurance over

our 2026 financial year group-wide GHG emissions

(tonnes CO

2

e) footprint and GHG emission intensity

presented in the climate-related disclosures as

described in the assurance report on pages 116-118.

GHG emissions in FY26

Our total emissions (location-based) for the

year ended 31 March 2026 were 284,545 tCO

2

e,

representing a 1% increase compared to the

previous financial year, primarily driven by

Scope 3, category 2 emissions as a result of the

construction work on the fifth building on our East

Tāmaki site offset by the exclusion of medical gas

manufacturing in Scope 3, category 11 (see page 115

for further details).

The table below details our GHG emissions for

Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions.

Greenhouse gas emissions

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsIndependent assurance reportSupplementary information

109Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Strategy: Scenario analysis

process

Scenario development

As a medical device and technology company

with an extensive global footprint (deriving 99%

of revenue outside of New Zealand), we did not

consider that there was a suitable sector-wide

scenario analysis to draw upon. We developed our

own climate scenarios for the analysis, taking the

following steps.

Scenario selection. We chose three Shared

Socioeconomic Pathways (SSPs) scenarios as a

means of testing and challenging the resilience

of our business model across a range of plausible

climate futures:

• Outpatient scenario reflects emissions reduction

and decarbonisation occurring at a manageable,

non-critical state and relates to SSP1. This

assumes the world achieves net zero by 2050

and reaches the stated goal of the Paris

Agreement: a 1.5°C temperature rise above

pre-industrial levels. The global response is

coordinated, orderly and focused on mitigating

the impact of climate change. The Outpatient

scenario aligns with the mandated NZ CS

scenarios and tests how we would respond

in a rapidly decarbonising and transitioning

landscape.

• Emergency Department scenario reflects

emissions reduction and decarbonisation

needing critical attention and relates to SSP2.

This assumes net zero is unattainable by 2050 as

emissions persist past current levels. The world

follows a path in which social, economic and

technological trends do not shift markedly from

historical patterns, resulting in a 2.7°C warming

scenario by 2100. The Emergency Department

scenario was selected as we consider this

scenario suitably challenges our business model,

given the effects of variable customer

preferences and the impact on market access.

• High-Dependency Unit scenario reflects a

deteriorating state of the environment and

climate and relates to SSP3. Emissions

approximately double from current levels by the

end of the century, resulting in a 3.6°C rise in

global temperature. Global cooperation efforts

falter and self-interested actions prevail. Climate

change cannot be mitigated globally and there is

limited ability to adapt. The High-Dependency

Unit scenario was selected due to the significant

increase in physical impacts of climate change,

and the significant challenges to a global

business given protectionist behaviours and a

shift towards deglobalisation.

Scenario definitions. Using the three SSPs

outlined in ‘Scenario selection’, the time horizons,

key temperature outcomes and socio-economic

features of each scenario were identified.

Physical risk mapping. Using mapping tools, the

possible physical climate impacts on all our owned

infrastructure, key leased sites and certain strategic

supplier sites out to 2100 were analysed for each

scenario. The following types of climate impacts

were assessed: sea level rise, coastal flooding,

extreme precipitation, total precipitation, surface

temperature and wind speed.

Healthcare and population modelling. Using

insights from our proprietary healthcare modelling

and insights from global population data, we

estimated patient cohort size and associated

medical capacity required for a range of respiratory

conditions in each scenario. Population models

helped gauge the drivers of population growth

(i.e. developed world vs. developing world), while

forecasts for healthcare expenditure were also used

to offer a view of the healthcare system’s capacity

in these scenarios.

Identification of driving forces. Key factors within

our value chain which influence climate-related risks

and opportunities were identified. This included

a high-level understanding of features such as

demographics, economic conditions, energy supply,

technological advancements, regulatory landscape,

customer/market dynamics, and population health

and wellbeing. These driving forces were then

assessed against R&D, supply chain, manufacturing

and sales operations, market access and ability to

operate, in order to identify where their impact and

influence would most meaningfully occur.

Scenario narratives. We prepared scenario

narratives to provide a compelling illustration of

how different temperature outcomes and pathways

would affect our strategy and business model

in plausible future states. We used a number of

quantitative and qualitative sources to guide the

drafting of each scenario. Excerpts from each

narrative are included on the following pages.

Data sources to construct scenarios. A number

of quantitative and qualitative sources were

used, including: the International Institute for

Applied Systems Analysis (IIASA) SSP Database,

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and

Development (OECD) GDP projections, OECD

forecasts for healthcare expenditure, IPCC Working

Group 1 (WG1) Interactive Atlas, Climate Central’s

Surging Seas sea-level analysis tool, the IPCC’s

Sixth Assessment Report (AR6), Brian O’Neill’s

article ‘The roads ahead: Narratives for shared

socioeconomic pathways describing world futures

in the 21st century’ published in Global Environment

Change, February 2015, the International Energy

Agency (IEA) transition scenarios: the Stated

Policies Scenario and Net Zero Emissions by 2050,

carbon price modelling from external consultants

and the IEA, and proprietary healthcare market

demand modelling. There was no specific reliance

on carbon sequestration from afforestation, nature-

based solutions and negative emissions technology.

Supplementary information

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsIndependent assurance reportSupplementary information

110Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Scenario analysis and evaluation

Workshop sessions. Workshops were held with

the Environmental Stewardship Committee

(formerly the Carbon Committee) and additional

senior leaders for each of our climate scenarios.

During the workshops, our business model and

strategy were analysed for resilience to climate-

related risks and opportunities.

Board engagement. Following the workshops,

the directors attended a walk-through briefing

in our workshop room during the February

2024 Board meeting. An overview of the scenario

analysis process and a sample of workshop inputs

and outputs were provided. Directors were able

to build on their understanding of the data,

assumptions and parameters in each scenario,

and question the assumptions. As part of our

induction processes, we brief new directors on

our scenario development process, workshop

outputs and analysis.

Evaluation session. Following consolidation

of the workshop outputs, the working group

reported back to the workshop attendees to

attain consensus on the key risks and opportunities

identified under each scenario in order to feed

these into our broader risk management framework

and transition planning activities. The working

group subsequently reported back to the Audit

and Risk Committee.

Stakeholder engagement

The key stakeholders and cross-functional teams

that support our climate scenario analysis process:

• The Climate Working Group was formed to

develop a climate-related disclosure programme

to enable the business to comply with the

NZ CS. The group comprises members from

Sustainability, Risk Advisory, Corporate Affairs

and Finance teams. Other subject matter experts

from within the business were identified to

provide input into the analysis.

• The Environmental Stewardship Committee

(formerly the Carbon Committee) provides

oversight of the climate-related disclosures

programme and participated in the scenario

analysis workshops, along with additional senior

leaders.

• The Audit and Risk Committee review and

approve the climate-related disclosures

programme and provide recommendations

to the Board.

External stakeholders were not included in our

climate scenario analysis process.

Strategy: Climate scenarios and narratives
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsIndependent assurance reportSupplementary information

111Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Scenario 1: Outpatient

In the Outpatient scenario, rapid climate action sees the world achieve net zero by 2050 and reach the stated Paris Agreement goal – a 1.5°C temperature increase

above pre-industrial levels. Shared Socioeconomic Pathway 1 (SSP1) is known as ‘Sustainability – Taking the Green Road’, due to low challenges of mitigation and

adaption. This has been selected as a plausible scenario to test how we would respond in a rapidly decarbonising and transitioning landscape.

OverviewKey featuresNarrative (excerpt)

1.5°C

Global temperature

increase peaks at 1.5°C

by the year 2050, before

settling to 1.4°C in 2100.

6.9B

Global population in

2100.

2.2%

OECD GDP growth to

2100 (CAGR), compared

with a historical (prior

50 years) growth rate of

2.5%.

Climate & Weather

There is a continuation of acute weather events globally, with sea level rise and

coastal flooding presenting the most impactful challenges in certain regions.

Demographics & Economy

Global population climbs 6.4% by 2040, before marking an overall decline of

12% by 2100. The aged population cohort rises from a baseline of ~10% to ~45%

in 2100. Low- and medium-income countries experience high GDP growth, while

high income countries see moderate growth. GDP growth (CAGR) for OECD

nations is 3.9% in 2040 (from a 2020 baseline), slowing to 2.2% on a 2100

timescale.

Energy

The majority of electricity is generated from renewable sources, with fossil fuels

becoming expensive to use.

Technology

There is a concerted global effort to implement ‘green’ technology into the

value chain, with a significant focus placed on energy efficiency, reusability,

and bio-based raw materials.

Regulation & Policy

There is effective international cooperation. High levels of regulation are imposed,

such as carbon pricing and taxes, carbon reduction disclosure mandates, and

climate-resilient infrastructure requirements.

Market Conditions

There is elevated and sustained pressure from customers and investors upon

businesses to mitigate the impacts of climate change.

Health & Wellbeing

There are high levels of investment in healthcare relative to 2024 levels.

• The political momentum for a course correction builds,

aided by effective international cooperation and a

heightened sense of urgency.

• Participation in New Zealand’s Emissions Trading Scheme

(ETS) becomes mandatory over time, encompassing fuel

used, purchased electricity and landfill/waste disposal

costs at the East Tāmaki and Karaka sites.

• OECD countries adopt similar emissions trading schemes,

and the price of carbon units rises steadily in these

markets.

• A carbon credit scheme for all global shipping lanes is

introduced, which forwarders and shipping lines pass

through to their customers.

• The European Union proceeds with the introduction of its

Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM).

• To compete in tenders, there is an increased need for

energy-efficient hardware, reusables, bio-based raw

materials, recycled packaging, take-back/recycling

programmes and life cycle assessments across our product

range.

• All of our future infrastructure projects are subject to

stringent climate-resilience requirements.

• There is continued growth in global population out to

2040, before declining out to 2100. There is a significant

increase in the aged population cohort.

• A 1.5°C warming scenario, and the associated worsening

in environmental and atmospheric conditions, leads to an

increase in the incidence and prevalence of respiratory

conditions from a 2020 baseline.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsIndependent assurance reportSupplementary information

112Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Scenario 2: Emergency Department

In the Emergency Department scenario, a disorderly transition makes net zero unattainable by 2050 as emissions rise above current levels, resulting in temperature

increase by 2.7°C from pre-industrial temperature by 2100. Shared Socioeconomic Pathway 2 (SSP2) is described as ‘Middle of the Road’, due to medium

challenges to mitigation and adaption. This has been selected as a plausible scenario to challenge our business model, given the effects of variable customer

preferences and the impact on market access.

OverviewKey featuresNarrative (excerpt)

2.7°C

Global temperature

increase by the year

2100.

9.0B

Global population in

2100.

2.1%

OECD GDP growth to

2100 (CAGR), compared

with a historical (prior

50 years) growth rate of

2.5%.

Climate & Weather

There is a meaningful increase in acute and chronic weather events globally, with

sea level rise, coastal flooding and increases in surface temperature presenting

significant challenges in many regions.

Demographics & Economy

Global population climbs 12.3% by 2040 and arrives at an overall increase of

15% by 2100. The aged population cohort rises from a baseline of ~10% to ~30%

in 2100. There is uneven GDP growth across the board. GDP growth (CAGR) for

OECD nations is 3.0% in 2040 (from a 2020 baseline), slowing to 2.1% on a 2100

timescale.

Energy

There is some investment in renewables but a continued reliance on fossil fuels.

Technology

There is an uneven development of technology, with the level of innovation and

intent varying greatly depending on the market.

Regulation & Policy

There is relatively weak international cooperation - government intervention is

delayed and uneven. There is varying application of carbon pricing and taxes.

Market Conditions

There is inconsistent pressure from customers and investors to mitigate climate

change, and expectation levels vary depending on the region and/or country.

Health & Wellbeing

There is a medium level of investment in healthcare relative to 2024 levels.

• The world’s progress towards its climate goals is uneven,

with limited additional progress beyond today’s policy

framework both here in New Zealand and internationally.

• Rather than achieving global consensus on mitigation,

there are varying expectations in different regions, with

some markets pursuing carbon reduction while others lag.

This makes it challenging for us to cater to the range of

markets while remaining competitive.

• On the whole, there is a hesitancy among customers and

healthcare systems to carry the added cost of carbon-

friendly products.

• We see meaningful disruption at our global sites. Coastal

flooding and sea level rise make for extremely challenging

operating conditions at certain owned and leased

warehouse facilities in Asia in the coming decade, while

surface temperature increases in Tijuana, Mexico have a

significant flow-on effect to energy costs and associated

carbon intensity.

• Support from suppliers on our sustainability targets is

mixed depending on their broader customer base and

which regions they service. This results in the bifurcation

of our supply chain, where some suppliers are unable to

meet the standards for those end markets with stringent

requirements (i.e. Europe).

• There is accelerated growth in global population out to

2040, and then population growth slows.

• A 2.7°C warming scenario, and the associated worsening

in environmental and atmospheric conditions, leads to a

meaningful increase in the incidence and prevalence of

respiratory conditions from a 2020 baseline.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsIndependent assurance reportSupplementary information

113Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Scenario 3: High-Dependency Unit

In the High-Dependency Unit scenario, global cooperation efforts falter and self-interest actions prevail. This leads to emissions approximately doubling, resulting

in a 3.6°C increase in global temperature and significant climate and weather impacts. Shared Socioeconomic Pathway 3 (SSP3) is described as ‘Regional Rivalry –

a Rocky Road’, due to high challenges of mitigation and adaption. This has been selected as a plausible scenario to test how we would respond in a highly volatile

and physically impacted world.

OverviewKey featuresNarrative (excerpt)

3.6°C

Global temperature

increase in 2100.

12.6B

Global population in

2100.

1.3%

OECD GDP growth to

2100 (CAGR), compared

with a historical (prior

50 years) growth rate of

2.5%.

Climate & Weather

There is a significant increase in acute and chronic weather events globally, with

sea level rise, coastal flooding, increases in surface temperature and wind speed

presenting significant challenges in most regions.

Demographics & Economy

Global population surges 61% by 2100, with rapid growth in developing countries.

There is slow GDP growth across the board.

Energy

Fossil fuels become difficult to source due to protectionist actions from

governments. Electricity grids are disrupted amid a lack of suitable alternatives.

Technology

There is slow technological progress and innovation and constrained budgets

fuel demand for commodity goods. Protectionism results in nations competing to

secure access to technology.

Regulation & Policy

There is weak, uneven international cooperation as traditional institutions falter.

Nation states adopt protectionist policies to preserve domestic resources.

Market Conditions

There are different levels of demand and funding by region and country, though

on the whole there is limited focus on carbon reduction. Economic development is

slow, and consumption is material-intensive.

Health & Wellbeing

There is a low level of investment in healthcare (relative to 2024 levels) amid

constrained budgets and competing priorities for expenditure.

• Global efforts to address climate change are derailed by

protectionist actions. Competition intensifies as resources

are depleted and climate impacts worsen – nations turn

inward and prioritise regional issues.

• Climate regulatory frameworks falter and there is a lack of

consensus on how to proceed. Alliances and trade blocs

deepen.

• This tension impacts the cost of goods and services. There

are significant increases in fossil fuel costs amid a lack of

alternatives and as oil reserves are depleted. This drives up

the cost of shipping, energy, and the sourcing of resins and

other raw materials critical to our production.

• We see significant disruption at our global sites. Average

wind speed increases across much of our network,

including at our East Tāmaki campus in New Zealand and

our distribution sites in Western Europe. Coastal flooding

and sea level rise present challenges for certain leased

sites in Asia, as does an increase in surface temperature

in Mexico. Global shipping routes are congested as the

Panama Canal experiences drought conditions every year,

significantly reducing the number of passages each year.

• Nations and regions compete to secure access to medical

devices and technology. Patent enforcement becomes

increasingly difficult in this environment.

• There is significant population growth on both a 2040

and 2100 timescale, with a particular growth surge in

developing nations.

• A 3.6°C warming scenario, and the associated worsening

in environmental and atmospheric conditions, leads to

a significant increase in the incidence and prevalence of

respiratory conditions from a 2020 baseline.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsIndependent assurance reportSupplementary information

114Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Greenhouse gas emissions

Methods, assumptions and

uncertainties in estimating GHG

emissions

GHG emissions have been measured in accordance

with NZ CS and the Greenhouse Gas Protocol – a

Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard

(GHG Protocol), the GHG Protocol Corporate

Value Chain (Scope 3) Accounting and Reporting

Standard and the GHG Protocol Scope 2 Guidance.

1


GHG emissions have been consolidated using the

operational control approach. The scope of our

emissions inventory covers all activities within

the operational boundaries of Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare Corporation Limited globally, including

head offices, sales offices and manufacturing sites.

This includes any facilities under construction. No

material facilities, operations or assets have been

excluded from our organisational boundary.

Emissions categories

Scope 1 includes direct GHG emissions from

sources that we own or control. This includes the

fuel used in vehicles we own or lease, natural gas

and fugitive emissions generated through the use

of refrigerants. Estimates are used where volume

data is not available or impractical to collect.

2


Estimated activity data accounts for approximately

59% of Scope 1 emissions (tCO

2

e).

3

Scope 2 (location and market-based) includes

indirect GHG emissions from the generation of

electricity we purchase, calculated using supplier-

based activity data and country-specific emission

factors (EFs). Using a location-based methodology,

electricity use generated 16,729 tCO

2

e.

Our Scope 2 (location-based) emissions

increased in the 2026 financial year. This was

largely a result of increases in the Ministry for

the Environment (MfE) New Zealand and Mexico

International Energy Agency (IEA) emission factors

for purchased electricity and a 5% increase in

electricity consumption (kWh).

Our Scope 2 (market-based) emissions generated

14,247 tCO

2

e. This reflects the purchase of

Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs) in the

2026 financial year in respect of energy use in

our New Zealand and UK operations. For all other

Scope 2 (market-based) emissions, we calculate

energy consumption using the residual mix

factor of the country of emission consumption.

Residual mix factors are sourced from Carbon Data

Intelligence (CaDI) 2024.

RECs certify that the electricity purchased by

our New Zealand and UK operations is from

renewable sources. Where RECs show that energy

consumption is from renewable sources, we

recognise emissions as zero.

Scope 3 includes indirect GHG emissions generated

by our suppliers, customers and employees

(included within category 7, employee commuting).

The most significant sources of Scope 3 emissions

are discussed in further detail below:

Category 1: Purchased goods and services

This category includes any upstream emissions

generated by the consumption of raw materials,

components, packaging and services that are

acquired to create and distribute our products.

This includes both production-related goods and

services as well as emissions from non-production

related goods and services.

20% of emissions associated with purchased

goods are determined by an activity-based

method using volume data (including resin). Other

purchased goods use a spend-based method.

Emissions from purchased services (including ICT

services, marketing, consultancy, etc.) are also

calculated using spend data sourced from our

internal financial systems multiplied by the relevant

emission factors.

We have applied several 2025 Comprehensive

Environmental Data Archive (CEDA) EFs to spend-

based data in Scope 3 category 1. Where we have

used supplier-provided volume data (including

resin), we have used EFs sourced from recognised

life cycle assessment datasets.

Category 4: Upstream transportation and

distribution

Core freight services include inbound and

outbound transportation from manufacturing sites

to sales offices or global customers, local freight,

port to office/warehouse, and office/warehouse to

customer.

Our largest freight forwarder suppliers across

New Zealand, Mexico, the UK and the US provide

us with tonne/km data, which we use to derive full-

year consumption and convert to tCO

2

e using EFs

from Department of Environment, Food and Rural

Affairs (DEFRA).

Category 11: Use of sold products

Energy consumption during the use phase of

sold products is the largest contributor to our

Scope 3 footprint. The total energy consumption

for the lifetime of a product is reflected in the

emission calculation in the year of sale and are

included within the Scope 3, category 11 emissions.

Annual category 11 emission levels are based on

total estimated future energy consumption of

our products, as at the point of sale, and current

location-based grid emission factors. Emission

outcomes are influenced not only by sales volumes

and grid factors, but also by the mix of products

sold which have a range of energy requirements.

Grid emission factors, where available, are sourced

from the IEA 2025 database (2023) and applied

based on the location where the product was sold.

1 GHG quantification is subject to inherent uncertainty because of incomplete scientific knowledge

used to determine emission factors and the values needed to combine emissions of different gases.

2 We estimate our vehicle fleet travel based on available financial spend data.

3 For further information on emission factors used, refer to page 115.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsIndependent assurance reportSupplementary information

115Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

We assume that devices remain, and are operated,

in the country they are sold into.

Emissions are estimated using actual sales volume

data by country as well as assumptions on use

of sold products by our engineers who design

our products. There is a higher level of estimation

uncertainty around the average number of hours

our products are in use for as they are subject to

clinician decisions outside of our control.

Emission factors

GHG Protocol provides guidance around data

hierarchies where activity data will provide the

greatest level of precision and, in the absence of

activity data and defined methodology, spend-

based data is used based on defined emission

factor categories.

We follow an internally generated emission factor

(EF) rule hierarchy which is used to determine the

most appropriate EF to use for each of the GHG

categories. Our hierarchy is as follows:

1) Country-specific EF

2) Neighbouring country EF (with a similar ‘profile’

e.g. 50% hydro-electric)

3) Regional EF

4) Default EF (provided by a global organisation

such as IEA).

Emission factors have been sourced from several

databases. We use the latest available EF sources

available at 31 March 2026, this includes a mix of

2025 and prior year emission factors

1

. Due to the

time lag on publication of sources of EFs, this

means some EFs are dated prior to 2026. Our

GHG emissions are calculated using a number

of methods, including activity data multiplied by

relevant EFs. We use primary data directly from our

suppliers, where this is available and practical to

collect. Where primary data is not easily obtainable,

without undue cost or effort, emissions have been

estimated using spend data and an appropriate

conversion factor to estimate the emissions.

The majority of our 2026 financial year emissions

have been calculated using CEDA 2025 spend-

based EFs.

CEDA Emission Factors

We consider the application of 2025 CEDA EFs to

spend-based data provide us with a more accurate

input to determine our Scope 3, categories 1, 2, 4,

6 and 9 emissions when compared to alternatives

(including New Zealand spend-based EFs). CEDA

EFs are used to calculate 35% of our GHG footprint.

Use of CEDA EFs require conversion of spend

from local currency to USD. Movement in the US

dollar will have an associated impact on our carbon

emissions. By using CEDA EFs, as the US dollar

strengthens (for example, moves from USD:NZD

0.64 to USD:NZD 0.57), tCO

2

e emissions will reduce

and vice versa.

Changes in estimates

In the 2026 financial year, the calculation

methodology has been revised to:

• remove optional indirect-use phase emissions

associated with the manufacturing of medical

gases from our Scope 3, category 11 emissions.

These emissions occur outside of our operations

and decision-making, and reflect our customers’

downstream emissions. We continue to include

the direct use-phase emissions associated with

use of medical gases in our therapies.

• normalise emissions data by the most relevant

activity data. In Scope 1 emissions, data was

normalised by the number of leased vehicles,

rather than the number of employees, resulting in

~280 tCO

2

e being allocated in the 2025 financial

year to countries where no vehicles were leased.

These changes did not result in a restatement of

the emissions in the comparative periods.

1 Emission factors used apply a mix of IPCC Assessment Report AR5 and AR6

global warming potentials (GWPs) that have been assigned to the emission

factor by relevant reporting authorities.

Excluded emissions sources

In our GHG inventory, certain emissions sources

have been excluded as they account for less than

1% of the total emissions within their respective

categories, and their total emissions and removals

do not exceed 10% of either Scope 1 or Scope

2 or Scope 3. As such, they are not considered

significant for our inventory, its intended use, or

for users relying on this data.

The following emissions sources have been

excluded from the GHG emissions inventory:

Technology acquisition programme assets

Hardware devices (manufactured by Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare) that we hold as property, plant and

equipment. This hardware is available to customers

to use but remain owned by us.

We do not have a way of tracking devices which

are used by multiple customers over their lifetime.

Inclusion would lead to double counting of

emissions on each issue to customer(s). These units

represent a very small percentage of total sales

volume.

Karaka, Auckland site – downstream

Emissions from our Karaka site are currently

immaterial for inclusion.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance report

116Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Independent assurance report

To the Directors of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited

LIMITED ASSURANCE REPORT ON FISHER & PAYKEL HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

LIMITED’S GHG DISCLOSURES AND OTHER METRICS

Our conclusion

We have undertaken a limited assurance engagement on the Greenhouse Gas (GHG)

Disclosures and Other Metrics, comprising:

• the Total Scope 1, Scope 2 (location based) and Scope 3 GHG emissions, the

additional required disclosures of gross GHG emissions and the gross GHG

emissions methods, assumptions and estimation uncertainty

(together, the GHG Disclosures)

• the Total Scope 2 (market based) emissions and related disclosures

• the GHG intensity metric and related disclosures

(together the Other Metrics)

as outlined within the Scope of our limited assurance engagement section below, included

in the Climate-related Disclosures report of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation

Limited (the Company) and its subsidiaries (the Group) for the year ended 31 March 2026.

Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we have obtained,

nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the GHG Disclosures

and the Other Metrics are not fairly presented and are not prepared, in all material

respects, in accordance with the Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards (NZ

CSs) issued by the External Reporting Board (XRB), as explained on page 114 of the

Climate-related Disclosures report.

Scope of our limited assurance engagement

We have undertaken a limited assurance engagement over the following GHG

Disclosures, which are required under section 461ZH of the Financial Markets Conduct

Act 2013 to be the subject of an assurance engagement, on pages 108, 114 and 115 of the

Climate-related Disclosures report for the year ended 31 March 2026:

• gross GHG emissions

• Total Scope 1 of 1,739 tCO

2

e on page 108;

• Total Scope 2 (location-based) of 16,729 tCO

2

e on page 108; and

• Total Scope 3 of 266,077 tCO

2

e on page 108;

• additional required disclosures of gross GHG emissions on pages 114 and 115; and

• gross GHG emissions methods, assumptions and estimation uncertainty on pages 114

and 115.

We have also undertaken a limited assurance engagement over the Other Metrics for the

year ended 31 March 2026 as follows:

• Total Scope 2 (market-based) of 14,247 tCO

2

e on page 108;

• GHG emissions intensity of 122.2 tCO

2

e/revenue NZ$M on page 108; and

• Related disclosures on page 108 and 114, respectively.

Our assurance engagement does not extend to any other information included, or referred

to, in the Climate-related Disclosures report on pages 85 to 113. We have not performed

any procedures with respect to the excluded information and, therefore, no conclusion

is expressed on it. The comparative information for the years ended 31 March 2024 and

31 March 2025 disclosed in the Group’s Climate-related Disclosures report is not covered

by the assurance conclusion expressed in this report.

Key Matters to the GHG assurance engagement

In this section we present those matters that, in our professional judgement, were most

significant in undertaking the assurance engagement over the GHG Disclosures. These

matters were addressed in the context of our assurance engagement, and in forming our

conclusion. We did not reach a separate assurance conclusion on each individual key matter.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, PwC Tower, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand

T: +64 9 355 8000, www.pwc.co.nz

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance report

117Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Other matter – comparative information

Certain comparative GHG Disclosures (that is, GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2

market-based Disclosures) for the year ended 31 March 2024 have not been subject

to assurance. The comparative GHG Emissions Intensity disclosures for the years ended

31 March 2024 and 31 March 2025 have not been subject to assurance.

Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors of the Company are responsible on behalf of the Company for the

preparation and fair presentation of the GHG Disclosures and the Other Metrics in

accordance with NZ CSs. This responsibility includes the design, implementation and

maintenance of internal controls relevant to the preparation of GHG Disclosures and the

Other Metrics that are free from material misstatement whether due to fraud or error.

Inherent Uncertainty in preparing GHG Disclosures and the Other Metrics

As discussed on page 114 of the Climate-related Disclosures report, the GHG

quantification is subject to inherent uncertainty because of incomplete scientific

knowledge used to determine emissions factors and the values needed to combine

emissions of different gases.

Our independence and quality management

The assurance engagement on the GHG Disclosures was undertaken in accordance with

NZ SAE 1 Assurance Engagements over Greenhouse Gas Emissions Disclosures, issued by

the External Reporting Board (XRB) (NZ SAE 1) and the assurance engagement on the

Other Metrics was undertaken in accordance with ISAE (NZ) 3410 Assurance Engagements

on Greenhouse Gas Statements, issued by the XRB (ISAE (NZ) 3410). These standards are

founded on the fundamental principles of independence, integrity, objectivity, professional

competence and due care, confidentiality and professional behaviour.

We have also complied with the following professional and ethical standards and

accreditation body requirements:

• Professional and Ethical Standard 1: International Code of Ethics for Assurance

Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand);

• Professional and Ethical Standard 3: Quality Management for Firms that Perform

Audits or Reviews of Financial Statements, or Other Assurance or Related Services

Engagements; and

• Professional and Ethical Standard 4: Engagement Quality Reviews.

In our capacity as auditor and assurance practitioner, our firm also provides audit, review

and other assurance services. Our firm carried out other assignments in the area of other

training services. The firm has no other relationship with, or interests in, the Group.

Description of the key matterHow our assurance engagement addressed the key matter

Scope 3 Category 11: Use of sold products

Emissions from the use of sold products comprise approximately 36% of Total Scope 3

emissions for the year ended 31 March 2026.

In determining GHG emissions from use of sold products the Group used design

engineers to estimate future energy consumption, which can vary widely depending

on the decisions of clinicians using the medical devices.

Detailed in Category 11: Use of sold products on pages 114 and 115 of the Climate-related

Disclosures report, are assumptions with a higher level of estimation uncertainty

which can materially impact the accuracy of estimated future energy consumption.

This includes:

• Average number of hours products are in use for.

We considered the use of sold products a key matter due to the higher degree of

estimation uncertainty and significant management judgement in estimating these

GHG emissions.

We designed our limited assurance procedures to respond to the key matter as follows:

• Made inquiries of management to obtain an understanding of the Group’s overall

governance and internal control environment and procedures relevant to assumptions

and estimates in the calculation and disclosure of the use of sold products;

• Evaluated the methodology applied in calculating the estimates and whether it was

consistently applied across a sample of products;

• Made inquiries of management if any changes were made to the underlying

assumptions of future energy consumption applied during the year;

• Through further inquiry and inspection of supporting documentation, we understood

the process that management followed, including how they considered input from the

Group’s design engineers, to conclude that the assumptions were appropriate and the

basis for that conclusion;

• For a sample of products sold, we recalculated the emissions using the assumptions

provided by management; and

• Evaluated the adequacy of the disclosure of category 11 use of sold products against

the requirements of NZ CSs.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyTargets and metricsGreenhouse gas emissionsSupplementary informationIndependent assurance report

118Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Assurance practitioner’s responsibilities

Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on the GHG Disclosures and the Other Metrics

based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we have obtained. NZ

SAE 1 and ISAE (NZ) 3410 requires us to plan and perform the engagement to obtain the

intended level of assurance about whether anything has come to our attention that causes

us to believe that the GHG Disclosures and the Other Metrics are not fairly presented and

are not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance NZ CSs, whether due to fraud or

error, and to report our conclusion to the Directors of the Company.

As we are engaged to form an independent conclusion on the GHG Disclosures and the

Other Metrics prepared by management, we are not permitted to be involved in the

preparation of the GHG information as doing so may compromise our independence.

Summary of work performed

Our limited assurance engagement was performed in accordance with NZ SAE 1, and

ISAE (NZ) 3410. This involves assessing the suitability in the circumstances of the Group’s

use of NZ CSs as the basis for the preparation of the GHG Disclosures and the Other

Metrics, assessing the risk of material misstatement of the GHG Disclosures and the Other

Metrics whether due to fraud or error, responding to the assessed risks as necessary in

the circumstances, and evaluating the overall presentation of the GHG Disclosures and the

Other Metrics.

A limited assurance engagement is substantially less in scope than a reasonable

assurance engagement in relation to both the risk assessment procedures, including

an understanding of internal control, and the procedures performed in response to the

assessed risks.

The procedures we performed were based on our professional judgement and included

enquiries, observation of processes performed, inspection of documents, analytical

procedures, evaluating the appropriateness of quantification methods and reporting

policies, and agreeing or reconciling with underlying records. In undertaking our limited

assurance engagement on the GHG Disclosures and the Other Metrics, we:

• Obtained, through enquiries, an understanding of the Group’s control environment,

processes and information systems relevant to the preparation of the GHG Disclosures

and the Other Metrics. We did not evaluate the design of particular control activities,

or obtain evidence about their implementation;

• Gained an understanding of and evaluated whether the Group’s methodology

for developing estimates are appropriate and had been consistently applied. Our

procedures did not include testing the data on which the estimates are based or

separately developing our own estimates against which to evaluate the Group’s

estimates;

• Tested a limited number of items to, or from, supporting records, as appropriate;

• Assessed a limited number of emission factor sources and reperformed a limited

number of emissions calculations for mathematical accuracy;

• Performed analytical procedures on particular emission categories by comparing the

expected GHGs emitted to actual GHGs emitted and made enquiries of management

to obtain explanations for any significant differences we identified;

• Agreed the Operating Revenue and total GHG emissions (market-based) used in the

GHG Emissions Intensity to the audited financial statements and the assured GHG

Disclosures respectively;

• Recalculated the GHG Emissions Intensity metric; and

• Considered the presentation and disclosure of the GHG Disclosures and the Other

Metrics.

The procedures performed in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature and timing

from, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable assurance engagement. Consequently,

the level of assurance obtained in a limited assurance engagement is substantially lower

than the assurance that would have been obtained had we performed a reasonable

assurance engagement and does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become

aware of all significant matters that we otherwise might identify. Accordingly, we do not

express a reasonable assurance opinion on the GHG Disclosures and the Other Metrics.

Inherent limitations

Because of the inherent limitations of an assurance engagement, together with the internal

control structure, it is possible that fraud, error or non-compliance may occur and not be

detected.

Who we report to

This report is made solely to the Company’s Directors, as a body. Our work has been

undertaken so that we might state those matters which we are required to state to them

in our assurance report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law,

we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the

Company’s Directors, as a body, for our procedures, for this report, or for the conclusions

we have formed.

The engagement partner on the engagement resulting in this independent assurance

report is Victoria Ashplant.

For and on behalf of

PricewaterhouseCoopers

25 May 2026 Auckland

119Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
FINANCIALS

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

120Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
The financial commentary below provides an overview of the financial results for the year

ended 31 March 2026. Readers should refer to the following financial statements and notes

for an understanding of the basis on which the financial results are determined.

INCOME STATEMENTS

Year ended 31 March


2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Change

Reported

%

Change

CC

1

%

Operating revenue 2,021.02,308.4+14+12

Gross profit 1,270.91,470.1+16+14

Gross margin 62.9%63.7%80 bps122 bps

SG&A expenses (534.4)(598.2)+12+9

R&D expenses (226.9)(235.5)+4+4

Total operating expenses (761.3)(833.7)+10+8

Operating profit 509.6636.4 +25+26

Operating margin 25.2%27.6%235 bps277 bps

Net financing expense (6.3)(4.9)-22-77

Profit before tax 503.3631.5+25+28

Tax expense(126.1)(163.0)+29+26

Profit after tax377.2468.5+24+28

1 Constant currency (CC) removes the impact of exchange rate movements. This approach is used to assess the Group’s

underlying comparative financial performance without any impact from changes in foreign exchange rates. See further

details on page 123.

Total profit after tax for the year was $468.5 million, a 24% increase from last year, or 28%

in constant currency.

Revenue

Operating revenue was $2,308.4 million, a 14% increase from the prior year or 12% in

constant currency. Hospital revenue grew 18%, or 15% in constant currency, reflecting

continued clinical change with strong demand across the product portfolio including

hardware. Homecare revenue grew 8%, or 7% in constant currency with OSA masks

revenue growth of 7%, or 5% in constant currency against strong growth last year.

Gross margin

Gross margin at 63.7% increased by 122 basis points in constant currency from last year.

This reflects the continued progress of our improvement initiatives and other efficiency

gains. Gross margin for this year included approximately 90 basis points of impact in

constant currency of US tariffs on hospital products sourced from New Zealand.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses increased 10%, or 8% in constant currency, to $833.7 million reflecting

our ongoing investment in sales, marketing and R&D to support the development of our

product pipeline and our global sales growth. The operating margin at 27.6% improved by

277 basis points in constant currency.

Financing expenses

Net interest expense decreased to $2.1 million (2025: $6.8 million) reflecting the strong

cash generation over the past year. Net foreign exchange losses on translation of foreign

currency assets and liabilities this year were $2.8 million (2025: $0.5 million gain).

Ta x

The effective tax rate was 25.8% (2025: 25.1%). The R&D tax credit of $21.2 million for this

year (2025: $20.4 million) represents the estimated eligible R&D expenditure incurred

during the year. Excluding the R&D tax credit, the effective tax rate was 29.2% (2025:

29.1%).

Financial commentary

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial commentary

121Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
FOREIGN CURRENCY IMPACTS

The Group is exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates, with approximately 99% of

operating revenue generated in currencies other than NZD as shown below.

Over 60% of COGS and over 50% of operating expenses are in currencies other than NZD.

Foreign currency impacts had an unfavourable net profit after tax effect of

$14.6 million on the current year when compared to the prior year. This includes an

unfavourable movement in pre-tax net foreign exchange losses on balance sheet

translations of $3.3 million (2026: $2.8 million loss; 2025: $0.5 million gain). This also

included an unfavourable movement in hedging programme results of $27.7 million

(2026: $20.7 million loss; 2025: $7.0 million gain).

The average daily spot rate, the average conversion exchange rate (the accounting

rate, incorporating the settlement of forward exchange contracts in the relevant financial

year) and the closing spot rate of the main foreign currency exposures for the reported

periods are set out in the table below.

Average daily

spot rate

Average conversion

exchange rateClosing spot rate

Year ended 31 March202520262025202620252026

USD0.5950.5880.6170.6010.5710.572

EUR 0.5530.5070.5370.5290.5270.498

MXN11.3710.8912.4211.8811.6710.36

Foreign exchange hedging position

In line with our hedging programme, additional hedges have been added for future years.

The hedging position for our main currency exposures as at 11 May 2026 is:

Year to 31 March20272028202920302031

2032

-2036

+

USD % cover of expected exposure90%70%65%45%5%

USD average rate of cover0.5960.5870.5770.5620.541

EUR % cover of expected exposure90%75%60%50%40%15%

EUR average rate of cover0.5210.5190.5050.4990.4780.452

MXN % cover of expected exposure 55%35%10%

MXN average rate of cover 12.8712.4913.11

+ 2032 – 2036 shows average % cover of expected exposure and rate of cover for the five-year period.

Hedging cover has been rounded to the nearest 5%.

US dollars 50%

Mexican pesos 1%

Other currencies 29%

Euros 19%

New Zealand dollars 1%

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial commentary

122Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
CASH FLOWS

The full statement of cash flows is provided on page 127.

Year ended 31 March

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Change

NZ$M

Operating profit 509.6636.4126.8

Plus depreciation and amortisation139.9158.618.7

Change in working capital and other(1.0)33.034.0

Net interest paid(9.5)(3.4)6.1

Net income tax paid(90.4)(161.4)(71.0)

Operating cash flows548.6 663.2 114.6

Lease repayments(18.5)(21.4)(2.9)

Purchase of land and buildings(21.6)(128.7)(107.1)

Purchase of plant and equipment(52.0)(44.1)7.9

Purchase of intangible assets(29.4)(22.4)7.0

Free cash flows

+

427.1446.6 19.5

Dividends paid(195.9)(252.3)(56.4)

+ Free cash flows include lease liability repayments following the adoption of NZ IFRS 16.

Operating cash flows

Cash flows from operations for the year increased by $114.6 million to $663.2 million (2025:

$548.6 million). The strong operating cash flows benefited from the increase in profit

and reduced net working capital, more than offsetting the increased tax payment. Tax

payments have increased this year, due to a larger final tax payment during the period for

the 2025 financial year.

Capital expenditure

During the year, $43 million was paid as scheduled to acquire the second parcel of land in

Karaka. A further $152.2 million was spent on capital expenditure (excluding leased assets),

including construction for our fifth building in East Tāmaki, New Zealand. We continue to

invest in manufacturing production equipment and patents.

Dividends

Dividends paid of $252.3 million increased by 29% from the prior year. The Dividend

Reinvestment Plan (DRP) was not offered for the 2025 final dividend or 2026 interim

dividend paid during this year. Under the DRP last year, $49.7 million of dividends were

reinvested as new shares reducing the cash paid by the same amount.

BALANCE SHEET

As at 31 March

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Change

NZ$M

Trade receivables263.1 286.7 23.6

Inventories342.9 327.3(15.6)

Less trade and other payables

+

(150.3)(166.8)(16.5)

Working capital455.7 447.2(8.5)

Property, plant and equipment

++

1,338.51,407.268.7

Intangible assets82.1 72.7(9.4)

Lease liabilities (89.3) (86.3)3.0

Other net assets (liabilities)(97.1) (126.7) (29.6)

Net cash200.5 401.3 200.8

Net assets1,890.42,115.4225.0

+ Trade and other payables exclude all non-current payables and all employee entitlements and provisions.

++ Property, plant and equipment includes lease assets recognised.

Trade receivables increased by $23.6 million at 31 March 2026 reflecting strong revenue

growth. Our debtor days were within the normal range at 43 days (March 2025: 44 days).

Inventories balances decreased by $15.6 million from March 2025, driven by a reduction

in both raw materials and finished goods balances. Trade and other payables increase

includes timing associated with inventory purchases and payments to suppliers.

Property, plant and equipment (including leased assets) increased by $68.7 million in the

year. Additions of $197.5 million more than offset depreciation of $125.0 million. Additions

included progress on the construction of our fifth building in East Tāmaki and the purchase

of the second parcel of land in Karaka.

Net intangible assets decreased $9.4 million. Additions included $22.9 million for patents

and trademarks (2025: $22.3 million).

Other net assets (liabilities) movements of $29.6 million included the movements from

derivative financial instruments, provisions and net deferred tax assets.

The derivative financial instruments net liabilities increased to $63.2 million

(2025: $46.2 million net liabilities). This is primarily due to the change in exchange rates at

31 March 2026 compared to 31 March 2025 – with the corresponding offset in the cash flow

hedge reserve. All currency derivatives continued to be effective hedges.

Net deferred tax assets increased by $17.5 million to $163.9 million at 31 March 2026, mainly

due to movements in derivative instrument valuations and property, plant and equipment.

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial commentary

123Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
Net cash and debt facilities

As at 31 March

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Change

NZ$M

Loans and borrowings

– Current(59.7)–59.7

– Non-current–(52.5)(52.5)

Bank overdrafts(4.3)(7.3)(3.0)

Total interest-bearing liabilities

+

(64.0)(59.8)4.2

Total cash and investments 264.5461.1196.6

Net cash200.5401.3200.8

Gearing-11.6%-22.8%

Undrawn committed debt facilities520.3 417.5(102.8)

Undrawn uncommitted debt and overdraft

facilities

91.0137.846.8

+ Excluding lease liabilities.

During the year, the Group’s borrowing has reduced by $4.2 million. As at 31 March

2026, the average maturity of loans and borrowings of $52.5 million was 3.3 years, all

denominated in USD. During the year, $180 million of committed borrowing facilities

matured, $70 million of which were renewed. Additionally, the maturity date of $60 million

of existing facilities were extended. Within the next 12 months, three facilities totalling

$160 million will mature, none of which were drawn at 31 March 2026.

Cash and cash equivalents were $461.1 million at 31 March 2026, an increase of $196.6

million. This increase reflects the free cash flow generated during the year.

Gearing

1


At 31 March 2026, the Group had net cash of $401.3 million and net gearing ratio of -22.8%.

There will be capital expenditure required for the remaining construction of the fifth

building at our East Tāmaki campus over the next two years and the final payment for the

Karaka land acquisition in December 2026.

NOTES - CONSTANT CURRENCY

Constant currency analysis is non–Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (GAAP)

financial information, that is not prepared in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents

to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS). Constant currency information

has been provided to assist users of financial information to better understand and assess

the Group’s financial performance without the impacts of foreign currency fluctuations,

including hedging results.

Constant currency financial information is prepared each month to enable the Board

and management to monitor and assess the Group’s underlying comparative financial

performance without any distortion from changes in foreign exchange rates. Constant

currency information is prepared based on constant exchange rates to derive a year-

on-year growth rate, which is presented against last year’s reported results to exclude

the impact of movements in foreign exchange rates, hedging results and balance sheet

translations.

The Group’s constant currency framework can be found on the company’s website at

www.fphcare.com/ccf. PwC perform assurance procedures over the constant currency

information.

RECONCILIATION OF CONSTANT CURRENCY TO REPORTED REVENUE

For the year ended 31 March

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Change

%

Operating revenue (constant currency) 2,021.0 2,268.2 +12

Foreign exchange hedging result movement (28.1)

Spot exchange rate effect* 68.3

Total impact of foreign exchange 40.2

Operating revenue (reported) 2,021.0 2,308.4 +14

RECONCILIATION OF CONSTANT CURRENCY TO REPORTED PROFIT AFTER TAX

For the year ended 31 March

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Change

%

Profit after tax (constant currency) 377.2 483.1 +28

Foreign exchange hedging result movement (pre-tax)(27.7)

Balance sheet revaluation movement (pre-tax)(3.3)

Spot exchange rate effect* 16.4

Total impact of foreign exchange (14.6)

Profit after tax (reported) 377.2 468.5 +24

* Spot exchange rate effect represents the difference between 2026 at 2025 actual rates and 2026 at actual rates. For net

profit after tax, this includes the tax effect of the movement in hedging result and balance sheet revaluation adjustment.

1 Net interest-bearing debt (debt less cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments) to net interest-bearing

debt and equity (less hedging reserves). Net interest-bearing debt excludes lease liabilities.

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial commentary

124Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

For the year ended 31 March 2026

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the year ended 31 March 2026

Notes

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Operating revenue 4 2,021.0 2,308.4

Cost of sales (750.1) (838.3)

Gross profit 1,270.9 1,470.1

Selling, general and administrative expenses (534.4) (598.2)

Research and development expenses (226.9) (235.5)

Total operating expenses (761.3) (833.7)

Operating profit 509.6 636.4

Financing income 4.3 8.2

Financing expense (11.1) (10.3)

Exchange gain/(loss) on translation of foreign

currency assets and liabilities

0.5 (2.8)

Net financing expense (6.3) (4.9)

Profit before tax 5 503.3 631.5

Tax expense 11 (126.1) (163.0)

Profit after tax 377.2 468.5

Basic earnings per share 16 64.4 cps 79.8 cps

Diluted earnings per share 16 63.9 cps 79.3 cps

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the financial statements.

Notes

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Profit after tax 377.2 468.5

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

Foreign currency translation reserve

Exchange differences on translation

of foreign operations

4.0 0.2

Hedging reserves

Changes in fair value in hedging reserves (98.0) (38.3)

Transfers to profit before tax from cash flow

hedge reserve

(7.0) 20.6

Tax on above reserve movements11 29.4 5.0

Other comprehensive income, net of tax (71.6) (12.5)

Total comprehensive income 305.6 456.0

Financial statements

Financial commentaryNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial statements

125Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the year ended 31 March 2026

Notes

Share

capital

NZ$M

Retained

earnings

NZ$M

Reserves

NZ$M

Total

equity

NZ$M

Balance at 31 March 2024 404.0 1,095.0 260.1 1,759.1

Total comprehensive income – 377.2 (71.6) 305.6

Dividends paid 17 – (245.6) – (245.6)

Issue of share capital under the dividend reinvestment plan 15 49.7 – – 49.7

Issue of share capital under employee share plans 15 12.5 – – 12.5

Movement in share based payments reserve 17 – – 6.7 6.7

Movement in treasury shares 15 2.4 – – 2.4

Balance at 31 March 2025 468.6 1,226.6 195.2 1,890.4

Total comprehensive income – 468.5 (12.5) 456.0

Dividends paid 17 – (252.3) – (252.3)

Issue of share capital under employee share plans 15 26.6 – – 26.6

Movement in share based payments reserve 17 – – (2.8) (2.8)

Movement in treasury shares 15 (2.5) – – (2.5)

Balance at 31 March 2026 492.7 1,442.8 179.9 2,115.4

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the financial statements.

Financial commentaryNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial statements

126Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

As at 31 March 2026

Notes

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents 264.5 461.1

Trade and other receivables 7 304.6 329.4

Inventories 8 342.9 327.3

Derivative financial instruments 6 9.9 21.0

Tax receivable 13.5 13.4

Total current assets 935.4 1,152.2

Non-current assets

Derivative financial instruments 6 38.6 43.7

Other receivables 1.1 4.7

Property, plant and equipment 9 1,338.5 1,407.2

Intangible assets 10 82.1 72.7

Deferred tax assets 11 155.1 173.1

Total assets 2,550.8 2,853.6

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Borrowings 12 64.0 7.3

Lease liabilities 12 22.4 25.5

Trade and other payables 13 271.8 300.1

Provisions 14 25.8 35.5

Tax payable 75.4 80.1

Derivative financial instruments 6 41.0 49.3

Total current liabilities 500.4 497.8

Notes

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

LIABILITIES

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings 12 – 52.5

Lease liabilities 12 66.9 60.8

Provisions 14 5.5 6.0

Other payables 13 25.2 33.3

Derivative financial instruments 6 53.7 78.6

Deferred tax liabilities 11 8.7 9.2

Total liabilities 660.4 738.2

EQUITY

Share capital 15 468.6 492.7

Retained earnings 1,226.6 1,442.8

Reserves 17 195.2 179.9

Total equity 1,890.4 2,115.4

Total liabilities and equity 2,550.8 2,853.6

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the financial statements.

On behalf of the Board

25 May 2026

Neville Mitchell Lewis Gradon

Board Chair Managing Director and

Chief Executive Officer

Financial commentaryNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial statements

127Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the year ended 31 March 2026

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Receipts from customers 1,990.0 2,288.6

Interest received 3.9 7.3

Payments to suppliers and employees (1,341.5) (1,460.6)

Tax paid (90.4) (161.4)

Interest paid (8.9) (6.2)

Lease interest paid (4.5) (4.5)

Net cash flows from operating activities 548.6 663.2

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchases of property, plant and equipment (73.6) (172.8)

Purchases of intangible assets (29.4) (22.4)

Net cash flows from investing activities (103.0) (195.2)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Issue of share capital under employee share plans 3.1 4.2

New borrowings 106.8 52.5

Repayment of borrowings (163.7) (59.7)

Lease liability payments (18.5) (21.4)

Dividends paid (195.9) (252.3)

Net cash flows from financing activities (268.2)(276.7)

Net increase in cash 177.4 191.3

Opening cash 80.9 260.2

Effect of foreign exchange rates 1.9 2.3

Closing cash 260.2 453.8

RECONCILIATION OF CLOSING CASH

Cash and cash equivalents 264.5 461.1

Bank overdrafts (4.3) (7.3)

Closing cash 260.2 453.8

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

CASH FLOW RECONCILIATION

Profit after tax 377.2 468.5

Add (deduct) non-cash items:

Depreciation - right-of-use assets 20.9 26.4

Depreciation and amortisation - other assets 119.0 132.2

Share based payments 11.2 13.9

Movement in provisions (6.0) 10.1

Movement in deferred tax assets / liabilities (26.0) (14.1)

Movement in net tax payables 54.6 10.3

Foreign currency translation 3.3 (1.1)

Other non-cash items 1.3 1.0

178.3 178.7

Net working capital movements:

Trade and other receivables (45.1) (28.4)

Inventories (22.5) 15.5

Trade and other payables 60.7 28.9

(6.9) 16.0

Net cash flows from operating activities 548.6 663.2

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the financial statements.

Financial commentaryNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Financial statements

128Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
1. REPORTING ENTITY

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited (the “Company” or “Parent”) together with

its subsidiaries (the “Group”) is a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of medical

device products and systems for use in both hospital and homecare settings. Products

are sold in over 120 countries worldwide. The Company is a limited liability company

incorporated and domiciled in New Zealand. The address of its registered office is 15

Maurice Paykel Place, East Tāmaki, Auckland. These consolidated financial statements were

approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 25 May 2026.

2. BASIS OF PREPARATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

Statement of compliance

The Company is registered under the Companies Act 1993 and is a FMC reporting entity

under Part 7 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. The Company is also listed on the

NZX and the ASX. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance

with the requirements of Part 7 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.

These consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2026 have been

prepared in accordance with New Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (NZ

GAAP). They comply with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting

Standards (NZ IFRS), other New Zealand accounting standards and authoritative notices

that are applicable to entities that apply NZ IFRS. The consolidated financial statements

comply with International Financial Reporting Standards Accounting Standards (IFRS

Accounting Standards). The Group is a for-profit entity for the purposes of complying with

NZ GAAP.

Basis of measurement

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost

convention, as modified by the revaluation of financial assets and liabilities (including

derivative instruments) at fair value through profit or loss and/or other comprehensive

income, and the revaluation of land.

Functional and presentation currency

The consolidated financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars (NZD), which

is the Company’s functional currency, to the nearest hundred thousand dollars unless

otherwise stated. Items included in the financial statements of each of the subsidiaries are

measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity

operates (the “functional currency”).

The Group operates as one integrated business, and the functional currency of all material

global operations is NZD, with the exception of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Mexico

Properties S.A. de C.V. (“Mexico Properties”). Mexico Properties was established for the

purpose of holding the Group’s property in Mexico, and its functional currency is United

States dollars (USD).

The results and financial position of entities that have a different functional currency are

translated to NZD as follows: assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate at

balance date and income statement items are translated at rates approximating the foreign

exchange rates ruling at the dates of transactions. Exchange differences are recognised in

other comprehensive income as a currency translation reserve movement.

Foreign currency transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the relevant functional currency at

the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses

resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at period end

exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are

recognised in the income statement, except when deferred in other comprehensive income

as qualifying cash flow hedges.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with NZ IFRS requires the use of

certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement

in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The Directors regularly review

all accounting policies and areas of judgement in presenting the financial statements.

Significant estimates and judgements are disclosed in each of the applicable notes to the

financial statements and are designated with an

symbol.

Material accounting policy information

Material accounting policy information is disclosed in each of the applicable notes to the

financial statements and are designated with an

symbol.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all

subsidiaries of the Group as at balance date and the results of all subsidiaries for the year

then ended. All subsidiaries are 100% owned within the Group.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group

companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction

provides evidence of the impairment of the asset transferred.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 31 March 2026

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

129Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
4. OPERATING REVENUE AND SEGMENTAL INFORMATION

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Sales revenue 2,023.5 2,339.0

Foreign exchange loss on hedged sales (2.5) (30.6)

Total operating revenue 2,021.0 2,308.4

Revenue by product group

Hospital products 1,280.3 1,505.0

Homecare products 739.9 802.7

2,020.2 2,307.7

Distributed and other products 0.8 0.7

Total operating revenue 2,021.0 2,308.4

Revenue after hedging by geographical location of customer:

North America 967.2 1,106.1

Europe 541.5 620.1

Asia Pacific 420.8 476.1

Other¹ 91.5 106.1

Total operating revenue 2,021.0 2,308.4

1 Other includes Latin America (including Mexico), Africa and the Middle East.

3. SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS AND EVENTS IN THE FINANCIAL YEAR

The following significant transactions and events affected the financial performance and

financial position of the Group for the period ended 31 March 2026:

Property, plant and equipment

During the year, construction work on the fifth building at our East Tāmaki site progressed

well. Capital commitments as at 31 March 2026 include $111 million related to this project.

Spending on this project during the period was $89 million.

In January 2026, $43 million was paid for the second scheduled settlement of an additional

20 hectare parcel of land in Karaka. Capital commitments as at 31 March 2026 include a

final payment of $15 million for the remaining 5 hectares, due in December 2026. Planning

for the second New Zealand campus at Karaka continues to support longer-term growth.

The Company’s rezoning application is under review by Auckland Council, with a decision

expected in the 2026 calendar year.

Share capital

During the year, the Group issued 1,137,002 shares under employee share purchase

schemes and employee share based payment plans.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

130Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
4. OPERATING REVENUE AND SEGMENTAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

Segmental reporting

The Group operates in one segment – being the design, manufacture, marketing and

sale of medical devices and systems globally. These products and systems are for use in

respiratory care, acute care, surgery and the treatment of OSA in the home and hospital.

Resource allocation decisions are made to optimise the Group’s financial operating profit.

This is consistent with the internal management reports the chief operating decision-maker

(CODM)

1

reviews.


Revenue is recognised at the point in time performance obligations are satisfied

by transferring control of goods to the customer at the transaction price specified

in the contract. Control typically transfers to the customer at the same time as the

legal title passes to the customer, typically on delivery. The transaction price includes

all amounts which the Group expects to be entitled to net of sales taxes and other

indirect taxes, expected rebates and discounts. Where applicable, rebates and/or

discounts are included within the consideration using an estimation typically based

on the most likely method, and are only recognised to the extent that it is highly

probable that a significant reversal will not occur.

There are no significant financing components in the Group’s revenue arrangements.

1 CODM comprised the Board of Directors (which includes the Chief Executive Officer), the Chief Financial Officer, the

Chief Operating Officer, the Vice President – Sales & Marketing, and the Vice President - Products & Technology during

the 2026 financial year.

5. EXPENSES

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Profit before tax is after charging the following specific expenses:

Donations 0.1 1.2

Net inventories written down (0.5) (5.6)

Fees paid to auditors

2025

NZ$000

2026

NZ$000

Audit and review of the financial statements (i) 1,809 1,943

Audit or review related services (ii) 44 42

Other assurance services (iii) 262 201

Total fee for audit, other audit related and other

assurance services 2,115 2,186

Other services (iv)– 1

Total fee for audit, other audit related, other assurance

and non-audit services 2,115 2,187

(i) Audit and review of the financial statements includes $747,600 (2025: $660,630) paid

to other PwC network firms.

(ii) Audit or review related services include limited assurance engagement in the area of

constant currency disclosures $41,600 (2025: $43,900).

(iii) Other assurance services include the limited assurance engagement in the area of

greenhouse gas emissions disclosures $170,000 (2025: $234,000) and regulatory

compliance procedures in Mexico $30,600 (2025: $28,500).

(iv) Other services include other assignments in the area of other training services $1,100

(2025: nil).

The fee paid to PwC for the audit and review of the Group’s financial statements is split

across the jurisdictions where there are subsidiary entities that require an audit or are a

significant component of the Group.

2025

NZ$000

2026

NZ$000

PwC New Zealand 1,426 1,409

Other PwC network firms 689 778

Total fees paid to auditors 2,115 2,187

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

131Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
6. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

20252026

Assets

NZ$M

Liabilities

NZ$M

Assets

NZ$M

Liabilities

NZ$M

CURRENT

Foreign currency forward exchange contracts – cash flow hedges 9.9 40.2 21.0 49.1

Foreign currency forward exchange contracts – not hedge accounted – 0.8 – 0.2

9.9 41.0 21.0 49.3

NON-CURRENT

Foreign currency forward exchange contracts – cash flow hedges 38.6 53.7 43.7 78.6

38.6 53.7 43.7 78.6

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is

entered into, and are subsequently re-measured to their fair value. The method of

recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated

as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group

generally applies hedge accounting to all derivative financial instruments.

The Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of highly probable forecast

transactions (cash flow hedges). At the inception of the transaction, the Group

documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as

the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.

The Group also documents their assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing

basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and

will continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.

Any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Derivatives

that are designated as hedges will be classified as non-current if they have maturities

greater than 12 months after the balance date.

Some components of hedge accounted derivatives are excluded from the designated

risk. Cash flow hedges include only the intrinsic value of options. Time value on

options is excluded from the hedge designation and is marked to market through

other comprehensive income and accumulated within a separate component of equity

(‘the costs of hedging reserve’ within ‘hedging reserves’) until such time as the related

hedge accounted cash flows affect profit or loss. At this stage the cumulative amount is

reclassified to profit or loss.

Master netting arrangements

The Group enters into derivative transactions under the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master agreements. The ISDA agreements do not meet the criteria

for offsetting derivatives in the balance sheet. Netting arrangements are only enforceable upon early termination, for example, on occurrence of a credit default. Refer to Note 21 for

information on the calculation of fair values and maturity of undiscounted cash flows for these financial instruments.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

132Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
6. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

Contractual amounts of derivative financial instruments were as follows:

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Foreign currency forward contracts and options

Sale commitments forward exchange contracts 3,991.6 5,008.0

Purchase commitments forward exchange contracts 129.6 101.7

Foreign currency borrowing forward exchange contracts 68.3 138.6

Interest rate derivatives

Interest rate swaps 2.5–

Undiscounted foreign currency contractual amounts for outstanding hedges of the main

foreign currency exposures were as follows:

Foreign currency

2025

M

2026

M

Sale commitments

United States dollars US$1,174.5US$1,264.0

European Union euros €690.0€887.5

Japanese yen ¥12,020.0¥11,410.0

Purchase commitments

Mexican pesos MXN1,680.0MXN1,320.0


Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

133Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
7. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

CURRENT

Trade receivables 267.3 291.5

Loss allowance for doubtful trade receivables (4.2) (4.8)

263.1 286.7

Other receivables 41.5 42.7

304.6 329.4

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at

amortised cost using the effective interest method, less loss allowance for doubtful

trade receivables. Estimates are used in determining the level of receivables that

may not be collected. The Group has applied the simplified approach to calculating

expected credit losses on trade receivables and recognises a doubtful debt provision

based on the lifetime expected credit loss at each reporting date.

Bad debts are written off when they are considered to have become uncollectable.

Trade receivables credit risk

As at balance date, 87% of trade receivables were current (2025: 91%) with 1% (2025: 1%)

more than 90 days past due. The total loss allowance for doubtful trade receivables

represents an estimate of the expected credit losses in respect of trade receivables and

covers the majority of these more than 90 days past due balances. The expected credit

losses are assessed by reference to historical collection trends and are adjusted to reflect

current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of

the customers to settle the receivables.

Customer and receivable concentration

2025 2026

Five largest customers’ proportion of the Group’s:

Operating revenue 24%22%

Trade receivables 15%22%

There is no history of default in relation to these customers. Further information about the

credit quality and the Group’s exposure to credit risk can be found in Note 21.

8. INVENTORIES

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Materials 156.8 145.4

Finished products 257.5 244.9

Provision for inventory write downs (71.4) (63.0)

342.9 327.3

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Cost is determined

using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method and includes expenditure incurred in

acquiring the inventories and bringing them to their existing location and condition.

The cost of finished products comprises materials, direct labour, other direct costs and

related production overheads (based on normal operating capacity). Net realisable

value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable

variable selling expenses.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

134Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Reconciliation of carrying amounts at the beginning and end of the year

LandBuildingsPlant & equipmentCapital projects in progressTotal

Fair value

NZ$M

Structure (i)

NZ$M

Fit-out

and other

NZ$M

Leased

assets

NZ$M

Purchased

NZ$M

Leased

assets

NZ$M

Buildings (i)

NZ$M

Other

NZ$MNZ$M

Cost and revaluation

Balance at 31 March 2024 423.6 241.7 269.1 96.8 594.5 14.6 87.7 171.7 1,899.7

Additions – 9.1 2.6 22.7 22.4 8.5 11.2 28.5 105.0

Transfers – 59.5 13.5 – 64.9 – (72.6) (65.3) –

Disposals – (1.0) (0.9) (7.5) (10.8) (3.9) (0.5) – (24.6)

Foreign exchange differences 1.9 4.4 0.2 0.1 0.3 – – – 6.9

Balance at 31 March 2025 425.5 313.7 284.5 112.1 671.3 19.2 25.8 134.9 1,987.0

Additions 43.0 –1.2 10.8 22.6 8.2 92.8 18.9197.5

Transfers – –1.1 – 55.8 – (1.0) (55.9) –

Disposals – (0.7) (5.0) (5.2) (11.7) (6.0)– – (28.6)

Foreign exchange differences (0.1) (0.1)–– 0.3 – – 0.10.2

Balance at 31 March 2026 468.4 312.9 281.8 117.7 738.3 21.4 117.6 98.0 2,156.1

Depreciation and impairment

Balance at 31 March 2024 – 43.9 116.6 39.0 351.8 8.4 – – 559.7

Depreciation charge for the year – 7.3 12.4 15.1 66.7 5.8 – – 107.3

Disposals – (0.1) (0.9) (6.8) (9.1) (2.7) – – (19.6)

Foreign exchange differences – 0.8 0.2 – 0.1 – – – 1.1

Balance at 31 March 2025 – 51.9 128.3 47.3 409.5 11.5 – – 648.5

Depreciation charge for the year – 8.1 12.2 19.8 78.3 6.6 –– 125.0

Disposals – (0.2)(4.8) (4.4) (10.0) (5.4)–– (24.8)

Foreign exchange differences – –– 0.1 0.1 - –– 0.2

Balance at 31 March 2026 – 59.8 135.7 62.8 477.9 12.7 –– 748.9

Carrying amounts

At 31 March 2024 423.6 197.8 152.5 57.8 242.7 6.2 87.7 171.7 1,340.0

At 31 March 2025 425.5 261.8 156.2 64.8 261.8 7.7 25.8 134.9 1,338.5

At 31 March 2026 468.4 253.1 146.1 54.9 260.4 8.7 117.6 98.0 1,407.2

(i) No finance costs were capitalised during the year in relation to building additions (2025: $2.0 million).

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

135Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Land revaluation

As described in Note 21, land in Mexico and New Zealand is considered to be a level

3 asset within the fair value hierarchy for valuation purposes. Valuation of land

is performed in accordance with the provisions of NZ IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and

Equipment’ and NZ IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’. There are certain estimates

associated with determining fair value, with the significant input being comparable

land sales information per square metre (psm) for similar properties adjusted to

reflect relevant physical and locational characteristics, including usability of land

(likely yield). In the case of development land, adjustments also include envisaged

future zoning and relevant timing of development.

East Tāmaki – New Zealand

The East Tāmaki, New Zealand land holding was valued by Jones Lang LaSalle (JLL

NZ), with an effective date of 31 March 2024. The land was valued at $263.9 million,

ranging from $600 psm for development land to $643 psm for land with

improvements.

Karaka – New Zealand

The Karaka, New Zealand land holding of 79 hectares was valued by Savills NZ

Limited (Savills), with an effective date of 31 March 2024. The land was purchased

for the development of a second New Zealand campus in Karaka and includes a

mix of rural and future urban zoned land. The land was valued at $122.0 million.

The valuation was conducted in accordance with accepted market approaches, the

principle approach being the Direct (Sales) Comparison Approach. Reference was

also made to the Residual Feasibility Analysis (Discounted Cashflow) and Chance of

Change (Plussage). In January 2026, we settled the deferred acquisition of a further

20 hectares, and the final parcel of 15 hectares will be acquired in December 2026.

The land acquired during the year has been recognised at cost of $43 million.

Tijuana – Mexico

The Mexico land holding was valued by Jones Lang LaSalle (JLL Mexico), with

an effective date of 31 March 2024. The land was valued at US$22.5 million

(NZ$37.7 million).

The Directors consider the carrying value of land at 31 March 2026 remains an

appropriate fair value.

9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

(CONTINUED)


Land is measured at fair value, based on periodic but at least triennial valuations by

external independent valuers less any impairment losses recognised after the date of

the revaluation. Valuations are performed with sufficient regularity to ensure that the

fair value does not differ materially from its carrying amount.

All other property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less depreciation

and impairment. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the

acquisition of the items. This cost includes labour attributable to bringing the assets

to the location and working condition for its intended use.

Depreciation is generally calculated using the straight-line method and is expensed

over the estimated useful lives. Depreciation methods, residual values and useful lives

are reassessed at each reporting date. Estimated useful lives are as follows:

Buildings – structure 25 - 50 years

Buildings – fit-out and other 3 - 50 years

Plant and equipment 3 - 15 years

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its estimated recoverable

amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable

amount.

Leased assets

The Group’s leases predominantly relate to property or equipment outside New

Zealand. All leases are included within property, plant and equipment. Lease contracts

are typically made for fixed periods between 3-12 years but may have extension

options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range

of different terms and conditions. The right-of-use (leased) asset is depreciated over

the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the expected lease term on a straight-line

basis.

Revaluations of land

Revaluation increases are recognised in other comprehensive income and

accumulated as a separate component of equity in the asset revaluation reserve,

except to the extent that they reverse a revaluation decrease of the same asset

previously recognised in the income statement, in which case the increase is

recognised in the income statement.

Revaluation decreases are recognised in the income statement, except to the extent

that they offset a previous revaluation increase for the same asset, in which case the

decrease is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated as a separate

component of equity in the asset revaluation reserve.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

136Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
Property, plant and equipment (including leased assets) and intangible assets by

geographical location:

2026

NZ$M

2025

NZ$M

1,154.71,089.7

260.6263.0

64.667. 9

New Zealand

Mexico

Other


The table below summarises the valuation approach to land and the principal

assumptions used in establishing the fair values as at 31 March 2024.

Predominant land

valuation approach

Inputs used to

measure fair value

Range of

significant

inputs

Weighted

average

Auckland East Tāmaki

Direct sales comparisonRate per sqm$600-$643$628

Auckland Karaka

Direct sales comparison

with adjustments made to

reflect usability and timing

of zoning and developmentRate per sqm$50-$183$154

Mexico Tijuana

Direct sales comparisonRate per sqm – US$US$139-$146US$143

Rate per sqm – NZ$$232-$244$238

The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Group’s

land is the value per square metre. Increases or decreases in the value per square

metre would result in corresponding increases or decreases in the total valuation.


Carrying amounts of land if measured at historical cost

Historical costFair value

Unit 2025 2026 2025 2026

East TāmakiNZ$M 86.4 86.4 263.9 263.9

KarakaNZ$M 220.1 263.1 122.0 165.0

Total New Zealand NZ$M 306.5 349.5 385.9 428.9

MexicoUS$M 16.3 16.3 22.5 22.5

MexicoNZ$M 27.4 27.4 39.6 39.3

Total LandNZ$M 333.9 376.9 425.5 468.2

9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

(CONTINUED)

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

137Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026

Software: Software development

costs that are directly attributable to

the design and testing of identifiable

and unique software products and

acquired computer software licences

controlled by the Group are recognised

as intangible assets and are initially

capitalised at cost. Directly attributable

costs that are capitalised as part of

the software include employee costs.

The project costs are transferred

from Capital projects in progress to

Software, as each stage is completed.

These software costs are amortised

over their useful economic life of 3 to

15 years.

The costs of configuring or customising,

and the ongoing fees to obtain access

to an application software in a cloud

computing Software-as-a-Service

agreement are recognised as expenses

when the services are received.

Patents and trademarks: Patents and

trademarks have a finite useful life and

are carried at cost less accumulated

amortisation and impairment.

Amortisation is calculated using the

straight-line method to allocate the

cost of patents and trademarks over

their anticipated useful lives of 5

to 15 years. In the event of a patent

being superseded or a trademark

registration not continued or renewed,

the unamortised costs are expensed

immediately.

10. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Software

NZ$M

Patents,

trademarks &

applications

NZ$M

Other

NZ$M

Capital

projects

in progress

NZ$M

Total

NZ$M

Cost

Balance at 31 March 2024 67.7 144.5 9.7 0.4 222.3

Additions 4.0 22.3 – – 26.3

Transfers 0.4 – – (0.4) –

Disposals (0.1) (2.7) – – (2.8)

Foreign exchange differences – – 0.3 – 0.3

Balance at 31 March 2025 72.0 164.1 10.0 – 246.1

Additions 0.8 22.9 – 1.0 24.7

Transfers – – – – –

Disposals (1.1) (7.7) – – (8.8)

Foreign exchange differences – – – – –

Balance at 31 March 2026 71.7 179.3 10.0 1.0 262.0

Amortisation and impairment

Balance at 31 March 2024 36.4 94.0 3.5 – 133.9

Amortisation for the year 6.1 26.1 0.4 – 32.6

Disposals (0.1) (2.4) – – (2.5)

Balance at 31 March 2025 42.4 117.7 3.9 – 164.0

Amortisation for the year 9.2 24.1 0.3 – 33.6

Disposals (0.9) (7.4) – – (8.3)

Foreign exchange differences – – – – –

Balance at 31 March 2026 50.7 134.4 4.2 – 189.3

Carrying amounts

At 31 March 2024 31.3 50.5 6.2 0.4 88.4

At 31 March 2025 29.6 46.4 6.1 – 82.1

At 31 March 2026 21.0 44.9 5.8 1.0 72.7

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

138Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
11. INCOME TAX

Income tax expense

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Profit before tax 503.3 631.5

Tax expense at the New Zealand rate of 28% 140.9 176.8

Adjustments to tax:

Non-deductible expenses / additional assessable income 6.6 5.6

Foreign rates other than 28% 3.3 (1.7)

Effect of foreign currency translations (2.7) 0.6

R&D tax credit (20.4) (21.2)

Prior period under/(over) provision (1.6) 2.9

Tax expense 126.1 163.0

This is represented by:

Current tax 152.6 176.2

Deferred tax (26.5) (13.2)

Tax expense 126.1 163.0

Effective tax rate 25.1%25.8%

Effective tax rate excluding R&D tax credit29.1%29.2%

The Group is subject to the global minimum top-up tax under Pillar Two rules. The Group

does not have significant operations in low-tax jurisdictions. For the year ended 31 March

2026, the Group has not recognised any current tax expense related to Pillar Two income

taxes (2025: nil).

The Group has applied the exception to recognising and disclosing information about

deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes.


Tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Tax expense is recognised in the

income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised outside of

the income statement, in which case it is recognised in Other comprehensive income

or directly in Equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using

tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance date. It also includes any

adjustment to tax payable for previous financial years and reflects the Group’s best

estimate of income taxes payable, where the application of income tax law is subject

to uncertainty.

Deferred tax arises due to temporary differences between the carrying amounts of

assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and those for tax purposes.

Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or

substantively enacted by balance date and are expected to apply when the related

deferred tax asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future

taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

The R&D tax credit is estimated based on the eligible R&D expenditure incurred

during the period and is recognised as a deduction to current tax expense and offset

in current tax payable. The R&D tax credit is only recognised when there is reasonable

certainty the Group will comply with the conditions of the tax incentive.

IMPUTATION CREDITS

2025

M

2026

M

New Zealand imputation credits available for use in

subsequent reporting periods NZ$301.1 NZ$352.1

Australian franking credits available for use in subsequent

reporting periods A$21.6 A$23.0

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

139Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
11. INCOME TAX (CONTINUED)

Deferred tax assets / (liabilities)

Provisions

and accruals

NZ$M

Inventories

NZ$M

Leases

NZ$M

Property,

plant and

equipment and

intangibles

NZ$M

Financial

instruments

NZ$M

Employee

share based

payments

NZ$M

Other

NZ$M

Total

NZ$M

Balance at 31 March 2024 36.3 91.1 1.9 (29.4) (16.8) 3.2 0.6 86.9

Amounts recognised in:

Other comprehensive income – – – – 29.4 – – 29.4

Directly in equity – – – – – 3.6 – 3.6

In the income statement 0.5 14.2 1.0 7.8 – 2.3 0.7 26.5

Balance at 31 March 2025 36.8 105.3 2.9 (21.6) 12.6 9.1 1.3 146.4

Amounts recognised in:

Other comprehensive income – – – – 5.0 – – 5.0

Directly in equity – – – – – (0.7) – (0.7)

In the income statement 2.5 1.8 1.2 8.0 – (0.7) 0.4 13.2

Balance at 31 March 2026 39.3 107.1 4.1 (13.6) 17.6 7.7 1.7 163.9

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation

authority.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

140Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
12. INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES

20252026

Borrowings

NZ$M

Leases

NZ$M

Borrowings

NZ$M

Leases

NZ$M

CURRENT

Bank overdrafts 4.3 – 7.3 –

Borrowings 59.7 – – –

Lease liabilities – 22.4 – 25.5

64.0 22.4 7.3 25.5

NON-CURRENT

Borrowings expiring

Between one and two years – – 17.5 –

Between two and three years – – – –

Between three and four years – – 35.0 –

Between four and five years – – – –

Lease liabilities – 66.9 – 60.8

– 66.9 52.5 60.8


Borrowings

Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred.

Subsequent to initial recognition, borrowings are measured at amortised cost,

applying the effective interest rate method. Financing expenses directly attributable

to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalised as

part of the cost of that asset.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional

right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date.

Lease liabilities

The lease agreements do not impose any covenants, and leased assets may not be

used as security for borrowing purposes.

Lease liabilities have been measured at the present value of the total lease payments

and discounted at the incremental borrowing rate for each relevant territory. The

incremental borrowing rates applied to lease liabilities range between 2% - 38%, with

a weighted average rate of 5.4% (2025: 5.3%).

Extension and termination options

Some property leases contain an extension option exercisable by the Group. At the

commencement of a lease, the Group assesses whether it is reasonably certain an

extension option will be exercised. The assessment is reviewed if a significant event

or a significant change in circumstances occurs which affects this assessment and

that is within the control of the Group. The extension options are only exercisable

by the Group and not by the lessor. Where it is reasonably certain the extension will

be exercised, that extension period and related costs are recognised on the balance

sheet.

Short-term and low-value leases

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are

recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in the income statement. Short-

term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value leases

predominantly relate to computer equipment.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

141Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
13. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

CURRENT

Trade payables 52.9 56.7

Employee entitlements 121.5 133.3

Other payables and accruals 97.4 110.1

271.8 300.1

NON-CURRENT

Employee entitlements 21.7 28.0

Other payables and accruals 3.5 5.3

25.2 33.3


Trade and other payables represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the

Group prior to the end of the financial period which are unpaid. The amounts are

unsecured and are usually paid within 60 days of recognition. Trade payables are

recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using

the effective interest method.

Refer to Note 18 for further details of employee entitlements and benefits.

12. INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES

(CONTINUED)

Borrowing facilities

Borrowings have been aged in accordance with the expiry dates of the facilities as there

are no required principal payments before the expiry of each facility. At year end the

weighted average interest rate for borrowings is 4.4% (2025: 5.0%).

Key lenders to the Group are Debt Certificate Holders under the Negative Pledge Deed.

The negative pledge includes the covenant that security can be given only in limited

circumstances.

The companies in the Group providing the undertakings under the Negative Pledge Deed

are:

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Treasury Limited

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Properties Limited

The principal covenants of the negative pledge are that:

(i) the interest cover ratio for the Group shall not be less than 3 times earnings before

interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA);

(ii) the net tangible assets of the Group shall not be less than $200 million; and

(iii) the total tangible assets of the Guaranteeing Group shall constitute at least 80% of the

total tangible assets of the Group.

There have been no breaches of debt covenants for the current or prior year.

The Company had total available committed debt funding of $470 million as at 31 March

2026, of which $417.5 million was undrawn. As at 31 March 2026, the weighted average

maturity of committed borrowing facilities was 2.2 years.

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Unused lines of credit

Uncommitted borrowing and bank overdraft facilities 91.0 137.8

Committed borrowing facilities 520.3 417.5

611.3 555.3

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

142Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
14. PROVISIONS

2025 2026

Warranty

NZ$M

Recall

NZ$M

Total

NZ$M

Warranty

NZ$M

Recall

NZ$M

Total

NZ$M

Warranty and recall provision

CURRENT

Balance at beginning of the year 11.0 20.0 31.0 18.0 7.8 25.8

Current year provision 10.9 – 10.9 15.7 – 15.7

Warranty and recall expenses incurred (3.9) (12.2) (16.1) (5.7) (0.3) (6.0)

Balance at end of the year 18.0 7.8 25.8 28.0 7.5 35.5

NON-CURRENT

Balance at beginning of the year 6.3 – 6.3 5.5 – 5.5

Current year provision (0.8) – (0.8) 0.5 – 0.5

Balance at end of the year 5.5 – 5.5 6.0 – 6.0


Provisions are recognised where the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events

and it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and the amount can

be reliably estimated.

Warranty and Product Recall

Provision for warranty covers the obligations for the unexpired warranty periods for products, based on recent

historical costs incurred on warranty exposure. Typical warranty terms are 1 to 2 years for parts and/or labour.

The actual future warranty claims experienced by the Group may be different to that of the past. Factors that could

impact future warranty claims include the success of the Group’s quality system, as well as future parts and labour

costs. Where the Group is aware of specific product warranty issues, including associated recall costs, these are

included in the provision.

Management has made judgements, estimates and assumptions related to probable costs arising from the recall,

which affect the provision and total expenses. Actual outcomes may differ from these estimates as information is

identified. 

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

143Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
15. SHARE CAPITAL

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Share capital at beginning of the year 409.1 471.3

Issue of share capital under dividend reinvestment plan 49.7 –

Issue of share capital under employee share plans 12.5 26.6

Share capital at end of the year 471.3 497.9

Less treasury shares (i) (2.7) (5.2)

468.6 492.7

Number of issued shares

Number of shares on issue at beginning of the year 583,963,682 586,139,423

Shares issued:

Dividend reinvestment plan 1,715,075 –

Employee share purchase schemes 60,666 158,128

Employee share based payments plans 400,000 978,874

Number of shares on issue at end of the year 586,139,423 587,276,425

Less treasury shares (i) (238,180) (339,597)

585,901,243 586,936,828


Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares, rights or options are

shown in equity as a deduction, net of taxation, from the proceeds.

When shares are acquired by a member of the Group, the amount of consideration

paid is recognised directly in equity. These shares are classified as treasury shares

and presented as a deduction from share capital until the ownership transfers to a

holder outside the Group. When treasury shares are subsequently reissued under

employee share plans, the cost of treasury shares is reversed and the realised gain or

loss on sale or reissue, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs, is

recognised within share capital.

All shares are fully paid. All ordinary shares rank equally with one vote attached to each

fully paid ordinary share.

(i) Treasury shares are shares held and controlled by Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Employee

Share Purchase Trustee Limited under the Employee Share Purchase Scheme and

shares held by the Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Employee Share Trust.

16. EARNINGS PER SHARE

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Profit after tax 377.2 468.5

Weighted average number of ordinary shares 585,543,359 586,929,183

Adjustment for share options, PSRs and ESRs 4,656,277 4,067,769

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for

diluted earnings per share 590,199,636 590,996,952

Basic earnings per share (cents per share) 64.4 cps79.8 cps

Diluted earnings per share (cents per share) 63.9 cps79.3 cps


Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit after tax by the weighted

average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number

of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary

shares. Options, Performance Share Rights (PSRs) and Employee Share Rights (ESRs)

are convertible into the Company’s shares, and are therefore considered dilutive

securities for diluted earnings per share.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

144Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
17. RESERVES AND DIVIDENDS

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Hedging reserve (32.7) (45.4)

Asset revaluation reserve 187.0 187.0

Employee share based payment reserve 33.5 30.7

Foreign currency translation reserve 7.4 7.6

Total reserves 195.2 179.9

Nature and purpose of reserves

Hedging reserve

This reserve is used to record unrealised gains or losses on hedging instruments that are

recognised directly in equity and the cumulative net change in the time value on currency

options which are excluded from hedge designations of foreign currency risk.

Amounts are recycled to the income statement when the associated hedged transactions

affect the income statement.

Asset revaluation reserve

The asset revaluation reserve relates to the revaluation of land. For further information,

refer to Note 9.

Share based payment reserve

This reserve is used to recognise the fair value of shares, options, PSRs and ESRs granted

but not exercised or lapsed. Tax deductions in excess of the cumulative share based

payment expense are recognised in equity.

Amounts are transferred to share capital (including income tax benefits) when the vested

shares, options, PSRs or ESRs are exercised or lapse.

Foreign currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve contains foreign exchange differences arising on

consolidation of assets and liabilities of overseas entities with a functional currency other

than NZD.

Dividends

All dividends are recognised as distributions to shareholders.

During the year, supplementary dividends of $28.4 million were paid to non-resident

shareholders (2025: $27.7 million), for which the Group received an equivalent foreign

investor tax credit entitlement. The foreign investor tax credit entitlement is included in

income taxes paid within the statement of cash flows.

Cents

per share NZ$M

Dividends

2024 final 23.50 137.2

2025 interim 18.50 108.4

31 March 2025 42.00 245.6

2025 final 24.00 140.7

2026 interim 19.00 111.6

31 March 2026 43.00 252.3

Subsequent event – dividend declared

On 25 May 2026, the Directors approved the payment of a fully imputed 2026 final dividend

of $193.8 million (33.0 cents per share) to be paid on 3 July 2026. A supplementary

dividend of 5.8 cents per share was also approved for eligible non-resident shareholders.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

145Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
18. EMPLOYEE EXPENSES

Employee expenses total $833.3 million (2025: $772.9 million).


Wages and salaries

Wages and salaries includes non-monetary benefits, annual leave, long service leave

and contributions to superannuation plans.

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave,

long service leave and accumulating sick leave, are recognised within employee

entitlements in trade and other payables. These are measured at the amounts

expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled in respect of employees’ services

up to the reporting date.

For the liabilities for long service leave, consideration is given to expected future wage

and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected

future payments are discounted using market yields at the reporting date on national

government bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as

possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

Liabilities for non-accumulating sick leave are recognised when the leave is taken and

measured at the rates paid or payable.

Equity settled share based payments

The fair value (at grant date) of shares, options, PSRs and ESRs granted to employees

is recognised as an employee expense in the income statement over the vesting

period with a corresponding increase in the employee share based payment reserve.

When shares, options, PSRs or ESRs are exercised, the amount in the share based

payment reserve relating to those instruments, together with the option exercise

price paid by the employee, is transferred to share capital. When any shares, options,

PSRs or ESRs lapse, the amount in the share based payment reserve relating to those

shares, options, PSRs or ESRs is also transferred to share capital.

a) Key management and director compensation

2025

NZ$000

2026

NZ$000

Salary and other short-term benefits 11,522 12,498

Share based benefits 3,275 3,715

Directors fees 1,516 1,517

16,313 17,730

Key management personnel includes the Chief Executive Officer and senior executives

reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer.

The table excludes any dividends received on the Company’s shares held by the Directors

or key management personnel.

2026  

2026

NZ$M

819.4

13.9

2025

2025

NZ$M

761.7

11.2

Wages and

salaries

Share based

benefits

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

146Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
18. EMPLOYEE EXPENSES (CONTINUED)

b) Employee share based compensation

The Company grants options and share rights to certain employees under a number of

Discretionary Long Term Variable Remuneration (DLTVR) plans.

Plans in operation

The DLTVR plans in operation during the year were as follows:

• 2025 Share Option Plan and 2025 Performance Share Rights Plan (from 1 April 2025)

• 2022 Share Option Plan and 2022 Performance Share Rights Plan (from 1 April 2022 to

31 March 2025)

• 2019 Share Option Plan and 2019 Performance Share Rights Plan (from 1 April 2019 to

31 March 2022)

• Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Employee Share Rights Plan

Vesting of all schemes is subject to the employee still being in service at date of vesting.

No amounts are payable for the grant of any options or share rights and they have no

voting rights until they have been exercised and ordinary shares issued.

(i) Share option plans

Under the 2019 and 2022 Share Option Plans, one option gives the employee the right to

acquire one ordinary share in the Company. Options vest on the anniversary date of the

grant as long as the FPH share price on the NZX on that date has exceeded the “escalated

price”. The escalated price is determined at the anniversary of the grant date and is

calculated by:

• increasing the last calculated escalated price (which, as at the grant date, will be the

exercise price of the option) by a percentage amount determined by the Board to

represent the Company’s cost of capital; and

• reducing the resulting figure by the amount of any dividend paid by the Company in

respect of a share in the 12 month period immediately preceding that anniversary.

Under the 2025 Share Options plan, one option gives the employee the right to acquire

one ordinary share in the Company. On the third anniversary, each Option will be notionally

divided into two equal parts, the “DJSMDQT Tranche” and the “ASX 200 Tranche”. Vesting

of each tranche is linked to relative Company’s gross total shareholder return (TSR)

performance against the Dow Jones US Select Medical Equipment Total Return Index

(DJSMDQT) and the S&P/ASX 200 Gross Total Return Index, respectively. Each tranche

vests subject to relative TSR performance against the relevant index, with full vesting

where TSR exceeds the index by 10% or more, partial vesting where TSR exceeds the index

by less than 10%.

Options under the 2022 and 2025 plans vest on the third anniversary date if the vesting

condition is met. Options under the 2019 plan vest on the third, fourth or fifth anniversary

date if the vesting condition is met.

(ii) Performance share rights plans

Under the Performance Share Rights Plans (PSR), one share right gives the employee the

potential to exercise a share right for an ordinary share in the Company at no cost.

Under the 2022 plan, PSRs will fully vest if the Company’s gross total shareholder return

(TSR) performance exceeds the performance of the DJSMDQT in NZD by 10% or more over

the same period. PSRs partially vest if the company’s TSR exceeds the DJSMDQT by less

than 10%.

Under the 2025 plan, on the third anniversary, each PSR will be notionally divided into two

equal parts, the “DJSMDQT Tranche” and the “ASX 200 Tranche”. Vesting of each tranche

is linked to relative Company’s gross total shareholder return (TSR) performance against

the DJSMDQT and the S&P/ASX 200 Gross Total Return Index, respectively. Each tranche

vests subject to relative TSR performance against the relevant index, with full vesting

where TSR exceeds the index by 10% or more, partial vesting where TSR exceeds the index

by less than 10%.

The 2022 and 2025 plans are 3 year schemes and the Company’s TSR will be calculated

and compared against the index return of the third anniversary of the grant.

(iii) Employee share rights plan

The Employee Share Rights (ESR) Plan entitles employees to be issued ordinary shares in

the Company. ESRs automatically vest on the third anniversary of their grant date at no

cost to the employee. For each ESR that vests, one ordinary share will be issued.

(iv) Other Employee share and stock purchase plans

Employee Share Purchase Plan: New Zealand and Australian full-time employees are

eligible, after a qualifying period, to participate in this plan. Shares are issued up to the

value of $2,000, with a discount of up to $500 per employee. Loans are provided to

employees for the purchase and repaid over the vesting period. No interest is charged on

the loans. The qualifying period between grant and vesting date is 3 years. At 31 March

2026 the total receivable owing from employees was $2.3 million (2025: $1.2 million).

Employee Stock Purchase Plan: North American employees working more than 20 hours

per week, in accordance with section 423 of the US Internal Revenue Code as amended,

are eligible to participate in this plan. Shares under this plan are issued at a discount of

15%, are allocated to employees at the time of issue and vest immediately. Shares issued

under this plan in 2026 totalled 54,121 shares (2025: 60,666).

Measurement

The fair value of share options and PSRs is independently determined using a Monte Carlo

simulation valuation methodology. The fair value of ESRs is independently determined

using a discounted dividend approach. The key inputs and assumptions are included on the

following page.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

147Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
18. EMPLOYEE EXPENSES (CONTINUED)

Movements in the number of options, PSRs and ESRs outstanding and their exercise prices are as follows:

20252026

Options

Performance

share rights

Employee

share rightsOptions

Performance

share rights

Employee

share rights

Number outstanding

As at beginning of the year 2,638,517 1,312,329 390,477 3,276,744 1,152,042 433,934

Granted during the year 691,423 255,256 126,802 10,997 227,411 322,439

Exercised during the year – (393,084) (69,785) (871,447) (384,292) (145,052)

Lapsed during the year (53,196) (22,459) (13,560) (400,727) (127,893) (15,254)

As at end of the year 3,276,744 1,152,042 433,934 2,015,567 867,268 596,067

Exercisable at year end – – – – – –

Number of employees holding employee share options, PSRs and ESRs 249 248 501 226 223 738

Weighted average exercise price $27.72 – – $29.58 – –

Weighted average remaining contractual life (months) 19 15 17 14 16 21

Fair value of share options or rights granted during the year (NZ$M) 4.9 4.9 4.4 0.1 4.5 11.4

Fair value of share options or rights granted during the year ($ per share) $7.09 $19.21 $34.67 $6.50 $19.82 $35.36

Key inputs and assumptions used in fair value of grants during the year

Share price at grant date $37.55 $37.55 $37.55 $37.13 $37.13 $37.13

Contractual life (years) 3 3 3 3 3 3

Exercise price $37.39 – – $36.73 ––

Expected volatility (i) 29.6%29.6%n/a26.0%26.0%n/a

Expected dividend yield 1.2%1.2%1.2%1.3%1.3%1.3%

Cost of equity 10.2% n/a 10.2%n/an/a10.2%

3 year NZD, AUD and USD risk free rates 3.8%3.6–3.8%n/a3.2–3.6%3.2–3.6%n/a

Expected NZD/AUD and NZD/USD volatility n/a12.0%n/a4.2–11.7%4.2–11.7%n/a

Expected DJSMDQT index volatility n/a19.0%n/a17.8%17.8%n/a

Expected ASX200 index volatility n/an/an/a12.3%12.3%n/a

(i) The expected share price volatility is derived by analysing the historical volatility over the most recent historical period corresponding to the term of the option or PSR.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

148Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
19. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES


Contingent liabilities are subject to uncertainty or cannot be reliably measured and

are not provided for. Disclosures as to the nature of any contingent liabilities are set

out below. Judgements and estimates are applied to determine the probability that an

outflow of resources will be required to settle an obligation. These are made based on

a review of the facts and circumstances surrounding the event and advice from both

internal and external parties.

Periodically the Group is party to litigation including product liability and patent claims.

The Directors are unaware of the existence of any claim or contingencies that would have a

material impact on the financial statements.

20. COMMITMENTS

2025

NZ$M

2026

NZ$M

Capital expenditure commitments contracted for but not

recognised as at the reporting date:

Within one year 126.8 116.7

Between one and two years 128.2 24.6

Between two and five years 16.0 –

271.0 141.3

The commitments above as at 31 March 2026 includes $111.0 million for the construction

of the fifth building (2025: $200.2 million) and $15.0 million for the Karaka land purchase

(2025: $58.0 million).

21. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including

currency risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Board has approved procedures and guidelines that identify and evaluate risks and

authorise various financial instruments to manage financial risks. These procedures and

guidelines are reviewed regularly.

a. Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates,

interest rates and prices will affect profit or the value of financial instruments.

The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures

through the use of various financial instruments in accordance with the Group’s treasury

procedures.

(i) Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk arises when future transactions and recognised assets and liabilities

are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency.

The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from

various currency exposures, primarily US dollar (USD), Euro (EUR), Japanese yen (JPY) and

Mexican peso (MXN).

Foreign exchange risk is hedged in accordance with the Group’s treasury procedures.

The Group enters into foreign currency option contracts and forward foreign currency

contracts within procedure parameters to hedge the foreign exchange risk associated

with anticipated sales or costs. The terms of the foreign currency option contracts and the

forward foreign currency contracts generally do not exceed 5 years, but may have terms of

up to 10 years with Board approval.

Foreign exchange contracts and options in relation to sales are designated at the Group

level as hedges of foreign exchange risk on specific forecast foreign currency denominated

sales.

Balance sheet foreign exchange risk arising from net assets held by the Group may be

hedged by debt in the relevant currency, foreign currency swaps, options and forward

foreign currency contracts.

(ii) Interest rate risk

The Group’s main interest rate risk arises from floating rate borrowings drawn under bank

debt facilities. When deemed appropriate, the Group manages floating interest rate risk

by using floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps and interest rate options within procedure

parameters. Interest rate swaps and options are accounted for as cash flow hedges.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

149Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
21. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

The carrying amounts of significant non-derivative financial assets and liabilities are denominated in the following currencies:

NZD

NZ$M

USD

NZ$M

EUR

NZ$M

JPY

NZ$M

AUD

NZ$M

CAD

NZ$M

GBP

NZ$M

MXN

NZ$M

Other

NZ$M

Total

NZ$M

2025

Cash 192.0 13.3 9.2 – 2.1 2.1 2.2 7.6 36.0 264.5

Trade receivables 1.3 138.9 57.4 24.6 8.1 8.2 8.4 3.9 16.5 267.3

Trade and other payables (75.4) (36.8) (15.5) (2.0) (3.4) (1.2) (5.5) (7.8) (6.2) (153.8)

Bank overdraft – – – (4.3) – – – – – (4.3)

Lease liabilities (5.5) (55.4) (7.9) (3.9) (2.4) (1.3) (3.5) (0.8) (8.6) (89.3)

Borrowings – (56.1) – – (3.6) – – – – (59.7)

112.4 3.9 43.2 14.4 0.8 7.8 1.6 2.9 37.7 224.7

2026

Cash 372.3 16.3 19.9 – 7.5 0.8 4.0 10.0 30.3 461.1

Trade receivables 2.7 140.2 69.8 24.2 8.7 10.4 10.0 3.1 22.4 291.5

Trade and other payables (90.2) (34.2) (17.3) (1.1) (1.8) (0.9) (4.9) (10.9) (7.6) (168.9)

Bank overdraft – – – (7.3) – – – – – (7.3)

Lease liabilities (4.9) (50.4) (6.9) (6.4) (4.1) (0.9) (5.0) (1.1) (6.6) (86.3)

Borrowings – (52.5) – – – – – – – (52.5)

279.9 19.4 65.5 9.4 10.3 9.4 4.1 1.1 38.5 437.6

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

150Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
21. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

a. Market risk (continued)

Summarised sensitivity analysis

The following table summarises the sensitivity of the Group’s financial assets and financial

liabilities to interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.

A sensitivity of +/-10% for foreign exchange risk has been selected. The Group believes

that an overall sensitivity of +/-10% is reasonably possible given the exchange rate volatility

observed on a historical basis. A sensitivity of +/-1% has been selected for interest rate risk.

This sensitivity is based on reasonably possible changes over a financial year using the

observed range of historical data.

All variables other than the applicable interest rates and exchange rates are held constant.

20252026

NZ$M NZ$M NZ$M NZ$M

Interest rate change -1%+ 1%-1%+ 1%

Impact on profit after tax (1.1) 1.1 (2.8) 2.8

Impact on hedging reserves

(within equity) – – – –

(1.1) 1.1 (2.8) 2.8

Foreign exchange rate change-10%+ 10%-10%+ 10%

Impact on profit after tax 10.8 (10.1) 10.7 (10.4)

Impact on hedging reserves

(within equity) (284.3) 232.9 (358.1) 292.9

(273.5) 222.8 (347.4) 282.5

Fair value estimation

NZ IFRS 13 for financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value requires disclosure of

the fair value measurements by level from the following fair value hierarchy:

• Level 1 – Quoted price (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

• Level 2 – Inputs, other than quoted price included within level 1, that are observable for

the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from

prices);

• Level 3 – Inputs for assets and liabilities that are not based on observable market data

(that is, unobservable inputs).

Financial instruments

All the Group’s financial instruments held at fair value have been measured at the fair value

measurement hierarchy of level 2 (2025: level 2).

The fair value of derivative instruments designated in a hedging relationship is determined

using the following valuation techniques:

• Foreign currency forward exchange contracts have been fair valued using quoted

forward exchange rates and discounted using yield curves from quoted interest rates

that match the maturity dates of the contracts.

• Foreign currency option contracts have been fair valued using observable option

volatilities, and quoted forward exchange and interest rates that match the maturity

dates of the contracts.

• Interest rate swaps are fair valued by discounting the future interest and principal cash

flows using current market interest rates that match the maturity dates of the contracts.

These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data where it is

available and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates.

Land

Refer to Note 9 for further information about land that is measured at fair value, including

a summary of the valuation techniques used.

Other

All financial assets other than derivatives are measured at amortised cost, including short-

term investments. All financial liabilities other than derivatives are classified as measured

at amortised cost. Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are fair valued using the

contractual cash flows. The carrying value of financial assets and liabilities approximates

their fair value. In considering the fair value of interest-bearing assets and liabilities,

the estimated future interest rates approximate the discount rates used in a fair value

assessment.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

151Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
21. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

b. Liquidity risk

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity position on the basis of expected cash flows. The table below sets out the contractual, undiscounted cash flows for non-

derivative financial liabilities and derivative financial instruments.

< 1 year

NZ$M

1–2 years

NZ$M

2–5 years

NZ$M

5+ years

NZ$M

Contractual

cash flows

NZ$M

Consolidated

balance sheet

NZ$M

2025

Bank overdrafts 4.3 – – – 4.3 4.3

Trade and other payables 150.3 3.5 – – 153.8 153.8

Borrowings 62.3 – – – 62.3 59.7

Lease liabilities (i) 22.8 20.3 38.7 23.2 105.0 89.3

Total non-derivative financial liabilities 239.7 23.8 38.7 23.2 325.4 307.1

Foreign currency forward exchange contracts (31.7) (20.0) (8.3) 15.5 (44.5) (46.2)

Total derivative financial instruments – assets (31.7) (20.0) (8.3) 15.5 (44.5) (46.2)

2026

Bank overdrafts 7.3 – – – 7.3 7.3

Trade and other payables 163.6 5.3 – – 168.9 172.1

Borrowings 2.3 19.8 37.9 – 60.0 52.5

Lease liabilities (i) 26.0 21.5 34.5 17.4 99.4 86.3

Total non-derivative financial liabilities 199.2 46.6 72.4 17.4 335.6 318.2

Foreign currency forward exchange contracts (28.8) (20.3) (18.7) 1.5 66.3 (63.2)

Total derivative financial instruments – assets (28.8) (20.3) (18.7) 1.5 66.3 (63.2)

(i) Contractual cash flows on leases exclude extension options.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

152Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
21. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

c. Credit risk

The Group is exposed to credit risk in respect of trade receivables, financial instruments,

cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments in the normal course of business. The

maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying value of these financial assets.

Credit risk is managed on a Group basis with no significant concentration of credit risk.

The Group has policies in place to ensure that sales of products and services are made

to customers with an appropriate credit history. There are no significant trade receivable

balances relating to customers who have previously defaulted on amounts due to the Group.

Derivative counterparties, cash transactions, cash at banks, and short-term investments

are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. Over 96% of cash and short-term

investments (2025: 94%) is held with counterparties with a credit rating of Standard and

Poors’ A- and above.

The Group’s exposure to credit risk from derivative financial instruments is limited because

it does not expect non-performance of the obligation contained therein due to the credit

rating of the financial institutions concerned.  

22. SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AFTER BALANCE DATE

Other than the dividends disclosed in Note 17, there are no other significant events after

balance date.

23. OTHER MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION

a. Changes to accounting policies

There have been no changes in accounting policies.

b. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards

One amended accounting standard became effective during the year. This did not have a

material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

The following accounting standard and amendments to existing standards are not yet

effective and have not been adopted early by the Group:

• NZ IFRS 18, ‘Presentation of financial statements’ will replace NZ IAS 1 ‘Presentation of

financial statements’. The standard is expected to result in changes to the presentation

of the Group’s primary financial statements. The Group is continuing to assess the

impact of the standard and will disclose more information in the future.

There are no other new accounting standards, amended standards or interpretations that

become effective after balance date that would have a material impact on the Group’s

financial statements or likely to affect recognition or measurement principles.


c. Impairment of non-financial assets

Assets that have an indefinite useful life or are under development are not subject

to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject

to depreciation or amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or

changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal,

and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the

lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating

units).

d. Goods and Services Tax (GST)

The income statement has been prepared so that all components are stated exclusive

of GST. All items in the balance sheet are stated net of GST, with the exception of

trade receivables and payables, which include GST invoiced.

e. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial

institutions, other short-term highly liquid investments with maturities of three

months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are

subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, and bank overdrafts.

f. Research and development

Research expenditure is expensed as incurred.

Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of

identifiable and unique products controlled by the Group are recognised as intangible

assets only when all the following criteria are met:

• it is technically feasible to complete the product so that it will be available for use

or sale;

• management intends to complete the product and use or sell it;

• there is an ability to use or sell the product;

• it can be demonstrated that the product will generate future economic benefits;

• adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development

and to use or sell the product are available and;

• the expenditure attributable to the product during its development can be reliably

measured and is material.

Directly attributable costs capitalised as part of the product would include employee

costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads. Other development

expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognised as an expense as

incurred. Development costs previously recognised as an expense are not recognised

as an asset in a subsequent period. Development costs recognised as an asset are

amortised over their estimated useful lives.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Notes to the financial statements

153Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
To the shareholders of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited

OUR OPINION

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements (the financial

statements) of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited (the Company), including

its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position

of the Group as at 31 March 2026, its financial performance, and its cash flows for the

year then ended in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial

Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Standards

Accounting Standards (IFRS Accounting Standards).

What we have audited

The Group’s financial statements comprise:

• the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 March 2026;

• the consolidated income statement for the year then ended;

• the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;

• the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;

• the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and

• the notes to the financial statements, comprising material accounting policy

information and other explanatory information.

Independent auditor’s report

BASIS FOR OPINION

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing

(New Zealand) (ISAs (NZ)) and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our

responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s

responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to

provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard

1 International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International

Independence Standards) (New Zealand) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and

Assurance Standards Board (PES 1) and the International Code of Ethics for Professional

Accountants (including International Independence Standards) issued by the

International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), as applicable to

audits of financial statements of public interest entities. We have also fulfilled our other

ethical responsibilities in accordance with PES 1 and the IESBA Code.

In our capacity as auditor and assurance practitioner, our firm also provides review and

other assurance services. Our firm carried out other assignments in the area of other

training services. The firm has no other relationship with, or interests in, the Group.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, PwC Tower, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand

T: +64 9 355 8000, www.pwc.co.nz

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsNotes to the financial statements

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Independent auditor’s report

154Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
KEY AUDIT MATTERS

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current year.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate

opinion on these matters.

Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Revenue recognition

The Group’s revenue primarily consists of the sale of products. Operating revenue

totalled $2,308.4 million for the year ended 31 March 2026 as outlined in Note 4.

In determining the appropriate recognition of revenue, management has considered

the following characteristics of the sale of products:

• products are sold to customers in multiple territories with varying sales contract

terms and conditions; and

• in certain territories, some sales include rebate arrangements.

Management has concluded that:

• revenue is primarily derived from the satisfaction of a single performance

obligation for each contract which is the sale of products; and

• control of products typically transfers on delivery, at the same time legal title

passes to the customer/distributor.

Given the varying contracts, the number of territories and the volume of revenue

recognised, we have given significant audit focus and attention to the recognition of

revenue.

Our audit procedures included:

• obtaining an understanding of, and evaluating the design of key processes and controls

over revenue recognition; and testing the operating effectiveness of selected controls;

• on a sample basis, examining customer contracts and rebate arrangements where

relevant, to evaluate management’s assessment of identified performance obligations,

whether control of products transfers at the same time as legal title passes to the

customer/distributor, and to assess whether revenue is appropriately recognised;

• for certain major operating components, utilising data assurance techniques to match

selected invoices issued to cash received, rebates or amounts receivable at balance

date;

• for a sample of revenue transactions in other major operating components, examining

invoices issued to customers, delivery documentation or cash remittances, where paid;

and

• for a sample of transactions within accounts receivable at balance date, obtaining

either confirmation of the amount owing from the customer, or performing alternative

procedures including testing of subsequent receipts or agreeing to delivery

documentation.

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsNotes to the financial statements

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Independent auditor’s report

155Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
OUR AUDIT APPROACH

Overview

Overall group materiality: $31.5 million, which represents approximately

5% of profit before tax.

We chose this measure as the benchmark because, in our view, it is the

benchmark against which the performance of the Group is measured

by users.

• Our Group audit scoping focused on those components that are

financially significant to the Group’s revenue or profit before tax.

• Specified audit procedures and/or analytical review procedures were

performed on certain remaining components.

As reported above, we have two key audit matters, being:

• Revenue recognition

• Inventory valuation

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of

material misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we considered where

management made subjective judgements; for example, in respect of significant

accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that

are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits, we also addressed the risk of management

override of internal controls, including among other matters, consideration of whether

there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. An audit is

designed to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are

free from material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are

considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected

to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined certain quantitative thresholds

for materiality, including the overall group materiality for the financial statements as a

whole as set out above. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to

determine the scope of our audit, the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures,

and to evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually and in the aggregate, on the

financial statements as a whole.

Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

Inventory valuation

At 31 March 2026, the Group held inventories of $327.3 million, net of provision for

inventory write downs of $63.0 million.

As outlined in Note 8, inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable

value. The Group holds inventory in a number of locations globally. Global inventory is

adjusted to cost at year end by eliminating intra-group margin.

Management applies judgement in determining inventory valuation, including the level

of provision for inventory write downs.

Given the value and quantum of inventory and the estimates and judgements

described above, the valuation of inventory required significant audit attention.

Our audit procedures included:

• obtaining an understanding of, and evaluating the design of key processes and

controls over the costing and provisioning of inventories;

• on a sample basis, testing materials and finished products costing to supporting

documentation;

• understanding and assessing the reasonableness of the allocation of costs to

production, including the costs capitalised into inventory at balance date;

• testing the appropriateness of the elimination of intra-group margin included in the

costing of the Group’s global inventory; and

• evaluating the reasonableness of management’s provision methodology for selected

provisions for inventory write downs.

Materiality

Group

Scoping

Key Audit

Matters

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsNotes to the financial statements

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Independent auditor’s report

156Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
How we tailored our group audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit in order to perform sufficient work to enable us to provide

an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the

Group, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which the Group operates.

OTHER INFORMATION

The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises

the information included in the Annual Report, but does not include the financial

statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do

not express any form of audit opinion or assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the

other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially

inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or

otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed

on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, we

conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required

to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE DIRECTORS FOR THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair

presentation of the financial statements in accordance with NZ IFRS and IFRS Accounting

Standards, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable

the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether

due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the

Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related

to going concern, and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors

either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative

but to do so.

AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial

statements, as a whole, are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or

error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is

a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance

with ISAs (NZ) and ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually

or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic

decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is

located at the External Reporting Board’s website at:

https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-

report-1-1/

This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

WHO WE REPORT TO

This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit work has

been undertaken so that we might state those matters which we are required to state

to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted

by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company

and the Company’s shareholders, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for

the opinions we have formed.

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is

Indumin Senaratne (Indy Sena).

For and on behalf of

PricewaterhouseCoopers

25 May 2026 Auckland

Financial commentaryFinancial statementsNotes to the financial statements

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Independent auditor’s report

157Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
APPENDICES

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Five year summaryGRI content indexGlossaryDirectory

158Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
20222023202420252026

FINANCIAL

PERFORMANCE

Sales revenue 1,642.4 1,588.6 1,758.1 2,023.5 2,339.0

Foreign exchange gain (loss) on hedged sales 39.3 (7.5) (15.3) (2.5) (30.6)

Total operating revenue 1,681.7 1,581.1 1,742.8 2,021.0 2,308.4

Gross profit 1,052.7 938.4 1,044.4 1,270.9 1,470.1

Gross margin 62.6%59.4%59.9%62.9%63.7%

SG&A expenses (393.1)(431.9)(492.8) (534.4) (598.2)

R&D expenses (154.0)(174.3)(198.2) (226.9) (235.5)

Total operating expenses (547.1)(606.2)(691.0) (761.3) (833.7)

Operating profit 505.6 332.2 353.4 509.6 636.4

Operating margin 30.1%21.0%20.3%25.2%27.6%

Revaluation of land – – (98.1)––

Profit before financing and tax 505.6 332.2 255.3 509.6636.4

Net financing expense (1.4)(4.2)(19.6) (6.3)(4.9)

Tax expense (127.3)(77.7)(103.1) (126.1)(163.0)

Profit after tax 376.9 250.3 132.6 377.2 468.5

Underlying profit after tax

1

376.9 250.3 264.4 377.2 468.5

Growth Rates

Reported

Revenue -14.7%-6.0%10.2%16.0%14.2%

Gross profit -15.5%-10.9%11.3%21.7%15.7%

R&D expenses 12.7%13.2%13.7%14.5%3.8%

Profit before tax -29.8%-34.9%-28.1%113.5%25.5%

Profit after tax -28.1%-33.6%-47.0%184.5%24.2%

Underlying profit after tax

1

-28.1%-33.6%5.6%42.7%24.2%

Growth Rates in

Constant Currency

2

Revenue -13.7%-9.0%8.4%13.7%12.2%

Gross profit -15.8%-14.4%10.2%18.5%14.5%

R&D expenses 12.7%13.2%13.7%14.5%3.8%

Profit before tax -31.4%-39.9%-35.1%107.3%27.6%

Underlying profit before tax

1

-31.4%-39.9%6.9%32.2%27.6%

1 Underlying profit after tax for the 2024 financial year excluded the abnormal items relating to the voluntary product recall, land revaluation, and the tax expense impact of the removal of building depreciation in New Zealand.

2 Constant Currency (CC) removes the impact of exchange rate movements. This approach is used to assess the company’s underlying comparative financial performance without any distortion from changes in foreign exchange rates.

A reconciliation for the current year from CC to reported and basis of preparation are set out on page 123. The 2022 to 2025 growth rates in constant currency have been sourced from the 2025 annual report.

Five year summary

For the years ended 31 March

All figures in NZ$M (except as otherwise stated)

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

GRI content indexGlossaryDirectoryFive year summary

159Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
20222023202420252026

REVENUE

By region and

product group

North America 665.1 683.8 806.1 967.2 1,106.1

Europe 468.1 427.6 477.3 541.5 620.1

Asia Pacific 438.8 399.0 368.9 420.8 476.1

Other 109.7 70.7 90.5 91.5 106.1

Hospital products 1,207.1 1,023.5 1,087.9 1,280.3 1,505.0

Homecare products 469.5 553.8 652.3 739.9 802.7

Core products subtotal 1,676.6 1,577.3 1,740.2 2,020.2 2,307.7

Distributed and other products 5.1 3.8 2.6 0.8 0.7

Total operating revenue 1,681.7 1,581.1 1,742.8 2,021.0 2,308.4

FINANCIAL

POSITION

Property, plant and equipment 957.8 1,148.2 1,340.0 1,338.5 1,407.2

Total assets 2,107.0 2,204.5 2,281.7 2,550.8 2,853.6

Total liabilities (427.3) (451.1) (522.6) (660.4) (738.2)

Shareholders’ equity 1,679.7 1,753.4 1,759.1 1,890.4 2,115.4


Return on assets (%) 24.1%15.2%10.5%20.8%23.4%

Return on equity (%) 31.5%19.1%13.4%27.6%31.5%

Net debt / (cash) (including short-term investments) (221.6) (37.7) 32.2 (200.5) (401.3)

Gearing ratio

1

-16.3%-2.3%1.8%-11.6%-22.8%

DIVIDENDS AND

EARNINGS PER

SHARE (CENTS

PER SHARE)

Basic shares outstanding at 31 March 577,405,878 579,356,576 583,963,682 586,139,423 587,276,425

Interim 17.017.518.018.519.0

Final

2

22.523.023.524.033.0

Total ordinary dividends 39.540.541.542.552.0

Basic earnings per share 65.343.322.864.479.8

Diluted earnings per share 65.043.022.663.979.3

CASH FLOWS Net cash flow from operating activities 324.3 238.2 429.6 548.6 663.2

Free cash flow

3

140.5 12.5 73.8 427.1 446.6

Dividends paid (224.9) (195.7) (145.5) (195.9) (252.3)

1 Net interest-bearing debt (debt less cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments) to net interest-bearing debt and equity (less hedging reserves). Net interest-bearing debt excludes lease liabilities recognised on the adoption of IFRS

16 – Leases.

2 Final dividend is paid in the following financial year.

3 Free cash flow represents net cash flows from operating activities less capital expenditure - including lease liability repayments following the adoption of IFRS 16 – Leases.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

GRI content indexGlossaryDirectoryFive year summary

160Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
20222023202420252026

CAPITAL

EXPENDITURE

Plant and equipment 97.4 98.8 65.5 52.0 44.1

Land and buildings 41.0 89.0 251.3 21.6 128.7

Intangible assets 31.4 23.5 22.2 29.4 22.4

Total 169.8 211.3 339.0 103.0 195.2

Plant and equipment capex: depreciation ratio

1

2.32.31.30.80.6

PATENT

PORTFOLIO

NUMBERS

US patents 454 522 601 685 768

US patent applications (includes PCTs)

2

504 534 557 581 532

Non-US patents 1,947 2,329 2,815 3,443 3,839

Non-US patent applications (excludes PCTs)

2

1,491 1,708 1,862 1,823 1,788

PEOPLE NUMBERS People numbers

3

7,375 6,564 7,141 7,506 7,629

By function:Research and development 765 846 928 960 969

Manufacturing and operations 4,989 3,975 4,421 4,690 4,726

Sales, marketing and distribution 1,311 1,408 1,455 1,494 1,568

Management and administration 310 335 337 362 366

By region:New Zealand 3,927 3,538 3,544 3,802 3,897

North America 2,608 2,147 2,675 2,744 2,724

Europe 380 379 389 392 408

Rest of World 460 500 533 568 600

EXCHANGE RATES AVERAGE DAILY SPOT RATES USD0.69690.62410.60970.59480.5875

AVERAGE CONVERSION RATES

4

USD 0.67340.66660.65820.61680.6008

EUR 0.55710.54520.54350.53660.5287

JPY 71.8070.2473.1076.3784.02

MXN 14.9714.4813.0212.4211.88

CLOSING SPOT RATES USD 0.69570.62900.59890.57080.5716

EUR 0.62310.57660.55350.52690.4984

JPY 85.1183.4890.6385.0091.30

MXN 13.8411.389.9111.6710.36

1 Depreciation excludes leased asset depreciation.

2 PCTs (Patent Cooperation Treaty) are unified patent applications across a number of jurisdictions.

3 People numbers are represented as full-time equivalents.

4 Actual exchange rates achieved in delivering or purchasing net foreign currency in relation to the Group’s exposures. The average rate includes hedged, spot and closed-out transactions in each year.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

GRI content indexGlossaryDirectoryFive year summary

161Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
StandardDisclosureLocation/Response

The organisation and its reporting practices

2-1Organisational

details

Name of the organisation:

Annual Report: Front cover. Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

Corporation Limited.

Location of headquarters:

Annual Report: p. 168.

Location of operations:

Annual Report: pp. 69-70.

Ownership and legal form:

Annual Report: pp. 65-70, p. 128.

Scale of the organisation:

Annual Report: pp. 15-19, pp. 158-160.

2-2Entities included in

the organisation’s

sustainability

reporting

List of entities:

Our sustainability and financial reporting relates to all

subsidiary companies in the Group structure. For the list of

entities, see pages 69-70.

2-3Reporting period,

frequency and

contact point

Reporting period:

Annual Report: p. 2.

Reporting period is 1 April 2025 to 31 March 2026.

Date of most recent report:

25 May 2026 for the period 1 April 2025 to 31 March 2026.

Reporting cycle:

Annual reporting cycle.

Contact point for questions regarding the report:

investor@fphcare.co.nz

2-4Restatements of

information

There were no restatements of information during the

2026 financial year.

StandardDisclosureLocation/Response

2-5External assurance External assurance for non-financial disclosures:

PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) has provided independent,

third-party limited assurance over our 2026 financial

year group-wide GHG emissions (tonnes CO

2

e) footprint

presented in the climate-related disclosures.

Annual Report: p. 108, pp. 116-118.

External assurance for financial statements:

External assurance provided by PwC.

Annual Report: pp. 153-156.

Activities and workers

2-6Activities, value

chain, and

other business

relationships

Value chain, activities, brands, products and services,

markets served:

Annual Report: pp. 8-9, pp. 15-21.

Supply chain:

Annual Report: pp. 48-53.

Significant changes to the organisation and its supply

chain:

Detail on our infrastructure planning is provided in

the Report from the Chair on pages 10-11. We also

acknowledge the impact of geopolitical uncertainty, trade

tensions, tariffs and conflict in the Middle East in the

Report from the Chair on page 11.

2-7EmployeesScale of the organisation (total number of employees):

Annual Report: pp. 40-42.

Information on employees and other workers:

Annual Report: pp. 34-45.

2-8Workers who are

not employees

Information on employees and other workers (information

on workers who are not employees):

The most common type of worker in the organisation

can be described as full-time and permanent. On page

40, we disclose that we had 227 temporary workers as at

31 March 2026.

GRI content index

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare has reported the information cited in the GRI content index for

the period 1 April 2025 to 31 March 2026 with reference to the 2021 GRI Standards.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Five year summaryGlossaryDirectoryGRI content index

162Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
StandardDisclosureLocation/Response

Governance

2-9Governance

structure and

composition

Governance structure:

Annual Report: pp. 57-70.

Composition of the highest governance body and its

committees:

Annual Report: pp. 59-63.

2-10Nomination

and selection

of the highest

governance body

Nominating and selecting the highest governance body:

Annual Report: pp. 59-60.

2-11Chair of

the highest

governance body

Chair of the highest governance body:

The Chair of the Board is a non-executive director.

Annual Report: p. 22.

Board Charter available online at https://www.fphcare.

com/nz/corporate/sustainability/governance/corporate-

governance-policies/

2-12Role of the highest

governance body

in overseeing the

management of

impacts

Role of highest governance body in setting purpose,

values and strategy:

Annual Report: p. 59.

Role of highest governance body in overseeing process to

identify and manage economic, environmental and social

impacts:

Annual Report: pp. 29-30, p. 59, pp. 61-63.

Reviewing effectiveness of processes:

Annual Report: pp. 61-63.

2-13Delegation of

responsibility for

managing impacts

Delegating authority:

Annual Report: p. 59.

Executive-level responsibility for economic,

environmental and social topics:

Annual Report: p. 38 (Diversity, equity and inclusion), p. 43

(Health and safety), p. 50 (Sustainable procurement), p. 46

(Product quality), p. 71 (Business risk), p. 83 (Environment),

pp. 87-88 (Climate change).

StandardDisclosureLocation/Response

2-14Role of highest

governance body

in sustainability

reporting

Highest governance body’s role in sustainability reporting:

The Board reviews and approves the Annual Report, refer

to page 2. Refer to Board committee responsibilities for

reviewing and approving reported information on pages

61-63 and page 86 (Climate-related Disclosures).

2-15Conflicts of

interest

Conflicts of interest:

Annual Report: p. 57, pp. 63-64.

2-16Communication of

critical concerns

Communicating critical concerns:

Annual Report: p. 57 (Speak Up Procedure).

2-17Collective

knowledge of

the highest

governance body

Collective knowledge of highest governance body:

Annual Report: pp. 60-61, p. 88.

Board Charter available online at https://www.fphcare.

com/nz/corporate/sustainability/governance/corporate-

governance-policies/

2-18Evaluation of

the performance

of the highest

governance body

Evaluation of the performance of the highest governance

body:

Annual Report: p. 61.

2-19Remuneration

policies

Remuneration policies:

Annual Report: pp. 74-82.

2-20Process to

determine

remuneration

Process for determining remuneration:

Annual Report: pp. 75-81 (Executive management).

Stakeholders’ involvement in remuneration:

Annual Report: p. 82 (Directors).

2-21Annual total

compensation

ratio

Annual total compensation ratio:

Annual Report: p. 81.

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Five year summaryGlossaryDirectoryGRI content index

163Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
StandardDisclosureLocation/Response

Strategy, policies and practices

2-22Statement on

sustainable

development

strategy

Statement from senior decision-maker:

Annual Report: pp. 10-13.

2-23Policy

commitments

Approach:

As set out in our Environmental & Social Responsibility

Policy, our intention is to create a positive lasting impact

on society and the environment. To understand how our

business is aligned with UN Sustainable Development

Goals, see pages 31-33.

Values, principles, standards and norms of behaviour:

Annual Report: pp. 17, 40, 57.

Code of Conduct, Supplier Code of Conduct, Environmental &

Social Responsibility Policy and Corporate Governance Policy

available online at https://www.fphcare.com/nz/corporate/

sustainability/governance/corporate-governance-policies/

Modern Slavery Statement available online at https://www.

fphcare.com/nz/corporate/sustainability/suppliers/

2-24Embedding policy

commitments

The company has established global policies that apply

to our people, operations and locations. All policies are

approved by the Board and embedded across our business

by relevant executive management. Each policy has a

dedicated platform for learning and awareness.

2-25Processes to

remediate

negative impacts

The management approach and its components

(grievance mechanisms):

Annual Report: p. 37 (Collective bargaining agreements).

2-26Mechanisms for

seeking advice

and raising

concerns

Mechanisms for advice and concerns about ethics:

Annual Report: p. 57.

2-27Compliance

with laws and

regulations

Non-compliance with environmental laws and regulations:

There have been no significant instances of non-

compliance with environmental laws and regulations

during the 2026 financial year.

Non-compliance with laws and regulations in the social

and economic area:

There have been no significant instances of non-

compliance with social and economic laws and regulations

during the 2026 financial year.

StandardDisclosureLocation/Response

2-28


Membership

associations

Membership of associations:

• American Association for Respiratory Care

• American Association of Homecare

• American Association of Nurse Anesthetists

• American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin for Sleep

• American Association of Sleep Technologists

• American Chamber of Commerce

• American Chamber of Commerce in South China

• American College of Emergency Physicians

• American Thoracic Society

• Association for Respiratory Technology & Physiology

• Association of Human Resources Industry in Tijuana

(ARHITAC)

• Association of Respiratory Care & Sleep Professionals in

Pakistan

• Association of the Metal and Electrical Industry Baden-

Württemberg (Südwestmetall)

• Auckland Regional Chamber of Commerce

• Australasian Investor Relations Association

• Australasian Sleep Association

• Australia New Zealand Chamber of Commerce in Japan

• Australian Standard/New Zealand Standard Joint

Technical Committee HE-003

• Austrian Chamber of Commerce

• Baja California Medical Device Cluster

• Board of Registered Polysomnographic Technologists

• Brazilian Association of Medical Products Importers/

Distributors

• British Anaesthetic & Respiratory Equipment

Manufacturers Association

• British Thoracic Society

• Business New Zealand

• Canadian Sleep Society

• Canadian Society of Respiratory Therapists

• China Standards Online Service Network

• COPD Foundation

• Council for International Development

• Diversity Agenda

• Employers and Manufacturers Association

• German Chamber of Commerce

• German Industry Association for Optics, Photonics,

Analytical and Medical Technologies (Spectaris)

• Government Strategic Reserves Agency

• Guangdong Investment Promotion Association (China)

• Guangdong Medical Devices Management Academy

• Guangzhou Greater Bay Area Alliance of Pharmaceutical

Innovation

THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES

Five year summaryGlossaryDirectoryGRI content index

164Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2026
StandardDisclosureLocation/Response

2-28Membership

associations

• Hong Kong Medical and Healthcare Device Industries

Association

• International Electrotechnical Commission/Technical

Committee 62

• International Medical Device Manufacturers Association

• International Organisation for Standardisation/Technical

Committee 121

• International Organisation for Standardisation/Technical

Committee 194

• International Organisation for Standardisation/Technical

Committee 210

• International Organisation for Standardisation/Technical

Committee 215

• Japan Association of Medical Devices Industries

• Japan Fair Trade Council of the Medical Devices Industry

• Japan New Zealand Business Council

• Karachi Chamber of Commerce & Industry

• Korea Medical Devices Industry Association

• Latin America New Zealand Business Council

• Life Cycle Association of New Zealand

• Lung Foundation Australia

• Medical Technology Association of India

• Medical Technology Association of New Zealand

• National Council of the Maquiladora and Export

Manufacturin

[TRUNCATED]

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.

Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time

Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.